[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20230248911A1 - Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods - Google Patents

Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20230248911A1
US20230248911A1 US18/305,228 US202318305228A US2023248911A1 US 20230248911 A1 US20230248911 A1 US 20230248911A1 US 202318305228 A US202318305228 A US 202318305228A US 2023248911 A1 US2023248911 A1 US 2023248911A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
event
pattern
patient
display
time period
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US18/305,228
Inventor
Risako Morawiec
Robert A. Vigersky
Yi Guan
David Legray
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Medtronic Minimed Inc
Original Assignee
Medtronic Minimed Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US15/132,126 external-priority patent/US20170106144A1/en
Priority claimed from US15/693,238 external-priority patent/US20170364660A1/en
Application filed by Medtronic Minimed Inc filed Critical Medtronic Minimed Inc
Priority to US18/305,228 priority Critical patent/US20230248911A1/en
Assigned to MEDTRONIC MINIMED, INC. reassignment MEDTRONIC MINIMED, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LEGRAY, David, GUAN, YI, MORAWIEC, RISAKO, VIGERSKY, ROBERT A.
Publication of US20230248911A1 publication Critical patent/US20230248911A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/168Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
    • A61M5/172Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body electrical or electronic
    • A61M5/1723Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body electrical or electronic using feedback of body parameters, e.g. blood-sugar, pressure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/142Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
    • A61M5/14244Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T11/002D [Two Dimensional] image generation
    • G06T11/20Drawing from basic elements, e.g. lines or circles
    • G06T11/206Drawing of charts or graphs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H10/00ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data
    • G16H10/60ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data for patient-specific data, e.g. for electronic patient records
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H15/00ICT specially adapted for medical reports, e.g. generation or transmission thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/10ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to drugs or medications, e.g. for ensuring correct administration to patients
    • G16H20/17ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to drugs or medications, e.g. for ensuring correct administration to patients delivered via infusion or injection
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/60ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to nutrition control, e.g. diets
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H40/00ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/60ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/63ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for local operation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H40/00ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/60ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/67ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for remote operation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H50/00ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
    • G16H50/20ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics for computer-aided diagnosis, e.g. based on medical expert systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/142Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
    • A61M2005/14208Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps with a programmable infusion control system, characterised by the infusion program
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/142Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
    • A61M2005/14288Infusion or injection simulation
    • A61M2005/14292Computer-based infusion planning or simulation of spatio-temporal infusate distribution
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/33Controlling, regulating or measuring
    • A61M2205/3365Rotational speed
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/50General characteristics of the apparatus with microprocessors or computers
    • A61M2205/502User interfaces, e.g. screens or keyboards
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/50General characteristics of the apparatus with microprocessors or computers
    • A61M2205/52General characteristics of the apparatus with microprocessors or computers with memories providing a history of measured variating parameters of apparatus or patient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2230/00Measuring parameters of the user
    • A61M2230/005Parameter used as control input for the apparatus
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2230/00Measuring parameters of the user
    • A61M2230/20Blood composition characteristics
    • A61M2230/201Glucose concentration
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T11/002D [Two Dimensional] image generation
    • G06T11/001Texturing; Colouring; Generation of texture or colour
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2200/00Indexing scheme for image data processing or generation, in general
    • G06T2200/24Indexing scheme for image data processing or generation, in general involving graphical user interfaces [GUIs]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2210/00Indexing scheme for image generation or computer graphics
    • G06T2210/41Medical

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the subject matter described herein relate generally to medical devices, and more particularly, embodiments of the subject matter relate to generating reports for therapy management.
  • Infusion pump devices and systems are relatively well known in the medical arts, for use in delivering or dispensing an agent, such as insulin or another prescribed medication, to a patient.
  • a typical infusion pump includes a pump drive system which typically includes a small motor and drive train components that convert rotational motor motion to a translational displacement of a plunger (or stopper) in a reservoir that delivers medication from the reservoir to the body of a user via a fluid path created between the reservoir and the body of a user.
  • Use of infusion pump therapy has been increasing, especially for delivering insulin for diabetics.
  • Control schemes have been developed that allow insulin infusion pumps to monitor and regulate a user's blood glucose level in a substantially continuous and autonomous manner.
  • regulating blood glucose level is still complicated by variations in the response time for the type of insulin being used along with variations in a user's individual insulin response and daily activities (e.g., exercise, carbohydrate consumption, bolus administration, and the like).
  • manually-initiated deliveries of insulin prior to or contemporaneously with consuming a meal e.g., a meal bolus or correction bolus
  • Physicians have recognized that continuous monitoring provides a greater understanding of a diabetic's condition. That said, there is also a burden imposed on physicians and other healthcare providers to adapt to continuous monitoring and incorporate the amount of data obtained therefrom in a manner that allows for a physician to meaningfully assist and improve patient outcomes. While automated reports can be generated based on the data, they can be difficult to parse or appear overwhelming to physicians, which given the limited time available to physicians, may discourage adoption and incorporation of continuous monitoring as part of their practice. Accordingly, there is a need to generate and provide information in a usable form that can be quickly and intuitively interpreted and applied.
  • the techniques can be practiced using a processor-implemented method; a system comprising one or more processors and one or more processor-readable media; and/or one or more non-transitory process-readable media.
  • the techniques may involve identifying a plurality of event patterns within a plurality of monitoring periods based on measurement values of a physiological condition.
  • the techniques may involve causing display of a snapshot graphical user interface display, wherein the snapshot graphical user interface display comprises a graph overlay region and an event detection region, the graph overlay region comprises a graphical representation of the measurement values with respect to a time of day, and the event detection region comprises a pattern guidance display for at least a subset of the plurality of event patterns, wherein the pattern guidance display for at least one event pattern of the subset of the plurality of event patterns includes a graphical representation of a recommended therapeutic remedial action that comprises therapy parameters, to be used by a medical device during a subsequent time period, configured to mitigate occurrence of the at least one event pattern during the subsequent time period.
  • the techniques may involve causing, responsive to user input, automated reprogramming of the medical device for implementation of the recommended therapeutic remedial action prior to the subsequent time period.
  • FIG. 1 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a snapshot graphical user interface (GUI) display that may be presented on a display device associated with a computing device in one or more embodiments;
  • GUI snapshot graphical user interface
  • FIG. 2 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a patient management system 200 suitable for generating and presenting the snapshot GUI display of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 3 is a flow diagram of an exemplary snapshot presentation process suitable for use with the patient management system of FIG. 2 to generate a snapshot GUI display in one or more exemplary embodiments;
  • FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of an exemplary pattern guidance presentation process suitable for use with the patient management system of FIG. 2 in conjunction with the snapshot presentation process of FIG. 3 to populate an event pattern detection region of a snapshot GUI display in one or more exemplary embodiments;
  • FIG. 5 depicts an embodiment of a computing device for a diabetes data management system in accordance with one or more embodiments
  • FIG. 6 depicts an exemplary embodiment of an infusion system
  • FIG. 7 depicts a plan view of an exemplary embodiment of a fluid infusion device suitable for use in the infusion system of FIG. 6 ;
  • FIG. 8 is an exploded perspective view of the fluid infusion device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view of the fluid infusion device of FIGS. 7 - 8 as viewed along line 9 - 9 in FIG. 8 when assembled with a reservoir inserted in the infusion device;
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of an exemplary control system suitable for use in a fluid infusion device, such as the fluid infusion device of FIG. 2 , 6 or 7 ;
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram of an exemplary pump control system suitable for use in the control system of FIG. 10 ;
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a closed-loop control system that may be implemented or otherwise supported by the pump control system in the fluid infusion device of FIG. 10 in one or more exemplary embodiments;
  • FIG. 13 is a flow diagram of an exemplary recommendation process suitable for use with the patient management system of FIG. 2 to recommend remedial actions in conjunction with the snapshot presentation process of FIG. 3 or the pattern guidance presentation process of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIGS. 14 - 16 depict exemplary embodiments of snapshot GUI displays that may be presented on a display device associated with a computing device in accordance with one or more embodiments of the recommendation process of FIG. 13 ;
  • FIGS. 17 - 20 depict exemplary embodiments of snapshot GUI displays including expandable and collapsible pattern guidance displays suitable for presentation on a display device associated with a computing device in accordance with one or more embodiments.
  • Exemplary embodiments of the subject matter described herein are implemented in conjunction with medical devices, such as portable electronic medical devices. Although many different applications are possible, the following description focuses on embodiments that incorporate a fluid infusion device (or infusion pump) as part of an infusion system deployment. For the sake of brevity, conventional techniques related to infusion system operation, insulin pump and/or infusion set operation, and other functional aspects of the systems (and the individual operating components of the systems) may not be described in detail here. Examples of infusion pumps may be of the type described in, but not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • a fluid infusion device includes a motor or other actuation arrangement that is operable to linearly displace a plunger (or stopper) of a reservoir provided within the fluid infusion device to deliver a dosage of fluid, such as insulin, to the body of a user.
  • Dosage commands that govern operation of the motor may be generated in an automated manner in accordance with the delivery control scheme associated with a particular operating mode, and the dosage commands may be generated in a manner that is influenced by a current (or most recent) measurement of a physiological condition in the body of the user.
  • dosage commands may be generated based on a difference between a current (or most recent) measurement of the interstitial fluid glucose level in the body of the user and a target (or reference) glucose value.
  • the rate of infusion may vary as the difference between a current measurement value and the target measurement value fluctuates.
  • the subject matter is described herein in the context of the infused fluid being insulin for regulating a glucose level of a user (or patient); however, it should be appreciated that many other fluids may be administered through infusion, and the subject matter described herein is not necessarily limited to use with insulin.
  • Exemplary embodiments of the subject matter described herein generally relate to systems for analyzing and presenting information pertaining to operation of the infusion device delivering fluid to a body of a user.
  • a snapshot graphical user interface (GUI) display is presented on an electronic device, and the snapshot GUI display includes or otherwise provides graphical representations or other graphical indicia of various aspects of the physiological condition in the body of the user that is regulated or otherwise influenced by the fluid delivered by the infusion device.
  • the snapshot GUI display may include graphical representations of a diabetic patient's glucose levels along with other indicia pertaining to the glycemic control achieved by the infusion device delivering insulin to the patient.
  • the snapshot GUI display includes a pattern detection region that includes graphical indicia of event pattern(s) detected or otherwise identified based on measurement data for the user's physiological condition.
  • the detected event pattern(s) are prioritized based on one or more prioritization criteria and filtered based on one or more filtering criteria, resulting in a filtered prioritized list of detected event patterns that includes only those event patterns to be presented to the user.
  • a respective pattern guidance display For each retained event pattern in the filtered prioritized list, a respective pattern guidance display is generated or otherwise provided which includes information pertaining to that respective event pattern, such as, for example, an identification of the type of event pattern, an indication of a period of time associated with the event pattern, one or more metric(s) indicative of the frequency and/or severity of the event, and the like. Additionally, the pattern guidance display includes graphical indicia of one or more potential causes of event pattern, which, in turn may be utilized by the patient, the patient's doctor or other health care provider, or another individual in assessing the efficacy of the regulation achieved by the infusion device and identifying potential actions that may improve the quality of control achieved by the infusion device. As described in greater detail below in the context of FIGS.
  • information pertaining to a displayed event pattern may be analyzed in connection with other therapeutic or physiological information associated with the patient to identify a remedial action that could potentially resolve, mitigate, correct or otherwise address the event pattern (e.g., adding a new medication, adjusting dosages or delivery rates, and the like) and provide corresponding graphical indicia of the remedial action in connection with the displayed event pattern.
  • a remedial action e.g., adding a new medication, adjusting dosages or delivery rates, and the like
  • FIG. 1 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a snapshot GUI display 100 or report that may be presented on a display device associated with an electronic device, such as, for example, a computing device, a portable medical device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • the snapshot GUI display 100 includes a plurality of regions 102 , 104 , 106 , 108 that present information pertaining to past operation of a fluid infusion device that delivers insulin to regulate the glucose level of a diabetic patient.
  • a header region 102 is presented at the top of the snapshot GUI display 100 and includes a graphical representation of a preceding time period of operation (e.g., November 3-November 6) associated with the snapshot GUI display 100 for which information is presented in the below regions 104 , 106 , 108 .
  • a graph overlay region 108 is presented at the bottom of the snapshot GUI display 100 that includes graphical representations of historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the snapshot time period with respect to time.
  • the graph overlay region 108 may include a line graph including a line associated with each day within the snapshot time period that depicts the patient's sensor glucose measurements values from that day with respect to time of day.
  • the graph overlay region 108 may include a line representative of the average of the patient's sensor glucose measurements across the different days within the snapshot time period with respect to time of day.
  • the illustrated graph overlay region 108 also includes a visually distinguishable overlay region that indicates a target range for the patient's sensor glucose measurement values.
  • the graphical representation of the measurements for each different day or date depicted on the graph overlay region 108 is rendered with a unique color or other visually distinguishable characteristic relative to the graphical representations corresponding to other days or dates, with the meal markers on that respective day or date also being rendered in the same color or visually distinguishable characteristic and placed on the line corresponding to that respective day or date.
  • the illustrated graph overlay region 108 also includes graphical representations of multiday averages of the measurement data for different periods or times of day, for example, every three-hour segment of the day (e.g., the average sensor glucose measurement for the 12 AM-3 AM time period across the dates encompassed by the snapshot time period is 189 mg/dL).
  • a performance metric region 104 is presented below the header region 102 and includes graphical representations or other indicia of the values for various performance metrics calculated based on the historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the time period associated with the snapshot GUI display 100 .
  • the performance metrics depicted in the performance metric region 104 may include an average sensor glucose measurement value for the patient calculated based on the sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period, an estimated A1C level calculated based on the sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period, and estimated percentages of the snapshot time period during which durations the sensor glucose measurement values were above an upper glucose threshold value (e.g., 150 mg/dL), below a lower glucose threshold value (e.g., 70 mg/dL), or between the upper and lower glucose threshold values.
  • an upper glucose threshold value e.g. 150 mg/dL
  • a lower glucose threshold value e.g., 70 mg/dL
  • the upper and lower glucose threshold values may define a target region for the patient's glucose level during the snapshot time period.
  • the threshold values defining the target region may be configurable by a user, for example, to vary one or more aspects of the report, or alternatively, to influence the glucose regulation provided by the infusion device while also influencing one or more aspects of the report.
  • the graphical indicia for performance metrics presented in the performance metric region 104 may include textual representations of the respective performance metric values along with charts, graphs, or other visualizations of respective performance metric values.
  • the illustrated embodiment of the performance metric region 104 includes progress bar GUI elements that depict the respective percentages of the snapshot time period during which the patient's sensor glucose measurement values were above, below, or between upper and lower glucose threshold values.
  • the snapshot GUI display 100 also includes a pattern detection region 106 presented between the performance metric region 104 and the graph overlay region 108 .
  • the pattern detection region 106 includes a plurality of pattern guidance displays 120 , 130 , 140 , where each pattern guidance display 120 , 130 , 140 corresponds to a respective pattern of events identified during the snapshot time period based on the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the snapshot time period.
  • the historical sensor glucose measurement values are analyzed for different monitoring periods within the snapshot time period.
  • a pattern of one or more events is detected or otherwise identified within that monitoring period, such as, for example, a glucose variability event, a high glucose (or hyperglycemic) event, or a low glucose (or hypoglycemic) event.
  • the identified event patterns are prioritized and filtered to limit the number of event patterns for display.
  • the detected event patterns are prioritized primarily based on event type (e.g., from most significant to least significant) and secondarily based on the monitoring period associated with the respective event pattern, and then filtered to first remove lower priority event patterns having the same associated monitoring period as a higher priority event pattern, and then secondarily remove remaining event patterns above a display threshold that limits the number of displayed event patterns.
  • FIG. 1 depicts an embodiment where the variability event type is prioritized above the hypoglycemic event type and the hyperglycemic event type in that order, and with the display threshold being equal to three to limit the number of pattern guidance displays within the pattern detection region 106 to three.
  • a pattern guidance display 120 , 130 , 140 is generated that includes a header region 122 , 132 , 142 that includes graphical indicia of the event type and the monitoring period associated with the detected pattern, a summary region 124 , 134 , 144 that includes graphical indicia of the number, frequency, severity, or other characteristics of the events associated with the detected pattern, and an analysis region 126 , 136 , 146 that includes graphical indicia of potential causes or remedial actions for the detected events. It should be noted that the graphical indicia of potential causes or remedial actions may also be prioritized or ordered according to their respective clinical relevance.
  • graphical indicia 128 , 138 , 148 of the detected event patterns are presented within the graph overly region 108 in a manner that establishes an association between the detected event pattern, the time of day associated with its corresponding monitoring period, and its relative priority level.
  • the graphical indicia 128 , 138 , 148 facilitate establishing an association between a respective subset of the historical measurement data presented within the graph overlay region 108 and a corresponding event pattern detected based on that subset of historical measurement data. For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIG.
  • a marker 128 is presented overlying the graph overlay region 108 that includes an identifier that indicates the detected event pattern the marker 128 corresponds to (e.g., number 1 to indicate the highest priority event pattern 120 ), and the marker 128 has a width or other dimension that encompasses or otherwise corresponds to the subset of the sensor glucose measurement values associated with the time of day corresponding to the monitoring period associated with the detected event pattern (e.g., the lunch time period).
  • FIG. 2 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a patient management system 200 capable of generating and displaying the snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 for review and analysis of a user.
  • the patient management system 200 includes an infusion device 202 that is communicatively coupled to a sensing arrangement 204 to obtain measurement data indicative of a physiological condition in the body of a patient, such as sensor glucose measurement values as described in greater detail below in the context of FIGS. 6 - 12 .
  • the infusion device 202 operates autonomously to regulate the patient's glucose level based on the sensor glucose measurement values received from the sensing arrangement 204 .
  • the infusion device 202 periodically uploads or otherwise transmits the measurement data (e.g., sensor glucose measurement values and timestamps associated therewith) to a remote device 206 via a communications network 214 , such as a wired and/or wireless computer network, a cellular network, a mobile broadband network, a radio network, or the like. Additionally, in some embodiments, the infusion device 202 also uploads delivery data and/or other information indicative of the amount of fluid delivered by the infusion device and the timing of fluid delivery, which may include, for example, information pertaining to the amount and timing of manually-initiated boluses and associated meal announcements.
  • a communications network 214 such as a wired and/or wireless computer network, a cellular network, a mobile broadband network, a radio network, or the like.
  • the infusion device 202 also uploads delivery data and/or other information indicative of the amount of fluid delivered by the infusion device and the timing of fluid delivery, which may include, for example, information pertaining to the amount and timing of
  • the remote device 206 is coupled to a database 208 configured to store or otherwise maintain the historical measurement and delivery data received from the infusion device 202 in association with a patient associated with the infusion device 202 (e.g., using unique patient identification information).
  • the remote device 206 generally represents a server or another suitable electronic device configured to analyze or otherwise monitor the measurement and delivery data obtained for the patient associated with the infusion device 202 and generate a snapshot GUI display (e.g., snapshot GUI display 100 ) that may be presented on the remote device 206 or another electronic device 210 , alternatively referred to herein as a client device.
  • the remote device 206 may reside at a location that is physically distinct and/or separate from the infusion device 202 , such as, for example, at a facility that is owned and/or operated by or otherwise affiliated with a manufacturer of the infusion device 202 .
  • the remote device 206 may alternatively be referred to herein as a server.
  • the server 206 generally represents a computing system or another combination of processing logic, circuitry, hardware, and/or other components configured to support the processes, tasks, operations, and/or functions described herein.
  • the server 206 includes a processing system 216 , which may be implemented using any suitable processing system and/or device, such as, for example, one or more processors, central processing units (CPUs), controllers, microprocessors, microcontrollers, processing cores and/or other hardware computing resources configured to support the operation of the processing system 216 described herein.
  • the processing system 216 may include or otherwise access a data storage element 218 (or memory) capable of storing programming instructions for execution by the processing system 216 , that, when read and executed, cause processing system 216 to perform or otherwise support the processes, tasks, operations, and/or functions described herein.
  • the instructions cause the processing system 216 to create, generate, or otherwise facilitate an application platform that generates or otherwise provides instances of a virtual application at run-time (or “on-demand”) based at least in part upon data that is stored or otherwise maintained by the database 208 .
  • the memory 218 may be realized as a random-access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), flash memory, magnetic or optical mass storage, or any other suitable non-transitory short or long-term data storage or other computer-readable media, and/or any suitable combination thereof.
  • RAM random-access memory
  • ROM read only memory
  • flash memory magnetic or optical mass storage, or any other suitable non-transitory short or long-term data storage or other computer-readable media, and/or any suitable combination thereof.
  • the client device 210 generally represents an electronic device coupled to the network 214 that may be utilized by a user to access and view data stored in the database 208 via the server 206 .
  • the client device 210 can be realized as any sort of personal computer, mobile telephone, tablet or other network-enabled electronic device that includes a display device, such as a monitor, screen, or another conventional electronic display, capable of graphically presenting data and/or information provided by the server 206 along with a user input device, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touchscreen, or the like, capable of receiving input data and/or other information from the user of the client device 210 .
  • a user manipulates the client device 210 to execute a client application 212 , such as a web browser application, that contacts the server 206 via the network 214 using a networking protocol, such as the hypertext transport protocol (HTTP) or the like.
  • a client application 212 such as a web browser application
  • HTTP hypertext transport protocol
  • a user of the client device 210 manipulates a user input device associated with the client device 210 to input or otherwise provide indication of the patient associated with the infusion device 202 along with a period of time for which the user would like to review, analyze, or otherwise assess measurement data associated with the patient.
  • the server 206 accesses the database 208 to retrieve or otherwise obtain historical measurement data associated with the identified patient for the identified time period and generates a snapshot GUI display (e.g., snapshot GUI display 100 ) that is presented on the display device associated with the client device 210 via the client application 212 executing thereon.
  • FIG. 2 depicts a simplified representation of a patient management system 200 for purposes of explanation and is not intended to limit the subject matter described herein in any way.
  • a snapshot GUI display may be presented on any device within the patient management system 200 (e.g., the server 206 , the infusion device 202 , the sensing arrangement 204 , or the like) and not necessarily on the client device 210 .
  • the infusion device 202 may be configured to store or otherwise maintain historical measurement and delivery data onboard the infusion device 202 and generate snapshot GUI displays on a display device associated with the infusion device 202 , in which case the server 206 , the database 208 , and the client device 210 may not be present.
  • FIG. 3 depicts an exemplary snapshot presentation process 300 suitable for implementation by a patient management system to provide a snapshot GUI display including information pertaining to preceding operation of an infusion device, such as snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 .
  • the various tasks performed in connection with the snapshot presentation process 300 may be performed by hardware, firmware, software executed by processing circuitry, or any combination thereof. For illustrative purposes, the following description refers to elements mentioned above in connection with FIG. 2 .
  • portions of the snapshot presentation process 300 may be performed by different elements of the patient management system 200 , such as, for example, the infusion device 202 , the sensing arrangement 204 , the server 206 , the database 208 , the client device 210 , the client application 212 , and/or the processing system 216 .
  • the snapshot presentation process 300 may include any number of additional or alternative tasks, the tasks need not be performed in the illustrated order and/or the tasks may be performed concurrently, and/or the snapshot presentation process 300 may be incorporated into a more comprehensive procedure or process having additional functionality not described in detail herein.
  • one or more of the tasks shown and described in the context of FIG. 3 could be omitted from a practical embodiment of the snapshot presentation process 300 as long as the intended overall functionality remains intact.
  • the illustrated snapshot presentation process 300 begins by receiving or otherwise obtaining measurement data for the evaluation period being analyzed (task 302 ).
  • the server 206 accesses the database 208 to obtain the patient's sensor measurement values having associated timestamps that are within the time period for the snapshot GUI display 100 .
  • the server 206 obtains, from the database 208 , the stored sensor measurement values previously obtained by the sensing arrangement 204 having timestamp indicating an associated date from Nov. 3, 2014 to Nov. 6, 2014.
  • the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by identifying a plurality of different monitoring periods within the evaluation period, identifying event detection thresholds or other parameters or criteria used for detecting event patterns based on the measurement data, and then analyzing the measurement data associated with each of the different monitoring periods with respect to the event detection thresholds to identify event patterns occurring within the respective monitoring periods (tasks 304 , 306 , 308 ).
  • sensor measurement values are classified into one or more monitoring periods based on the timestamps associated with those values falling within the time period associated with the respective monitoring period(s), and then the sensor measurement values within each monitoring period are analyzed with respect to the various event detection criteria to identify event patterns associated with the respective monitoring period.
  • the sensor measurement values within a monitoring period may be compared to a glucose threshold value to identify a number of times that the sensor measurement values violated the glucose threshold value within the monitoring period, and an event pattern detected when the number is greater than one. For example, a hypoglycemic (or low glucose) event pattern may be identified when sensor measurement values within a monitoring period are below a lower glucose threshold value (e.g., 70 mg/dL) on two or more days within the evaluation period. Similarly, a hyperglycemic (or high glucose) event pattern may be identified when sensor measurement values within a monitoring period are above an upper glucose threshold value (e.g., 150 mg/dL) on two or more days within the evaluation period.
  • a hypoglycemic (or low glucose) event pattern may be identified when sensor measurement values within a monitoring period are below a lower glucose threshold value (e.g., 70 mg/dL) on two or more days within the evaluation period.
  • a hyperglycemic (or high glucose) event pattern may be identified when sensor measurement values within
  • the different monitoring periods within the evaluation period include an overnight time period, a fasting time period, a breakfast time period, a lunch time period, and a dinner time period.
  • additional monitoring periods may be identified relative to other events, such as, for example, meal indications corresponding to a meal bolus.
  • measurement values within a fixed period of time e.g., three hours
  • measurement values within another fixed period time after the meal indication may be associated with a post-meal monitoring period.
  • the monitoring periods may overlap (e.g., some sensor measurement values fall within multiple different monitoring periods), or the monitoring periods may be mutually exclusive so that each sensor measurement value falls within only one of the monitoring periods.
  • the monitoring periods may be customizable on a patient-specific (or per-patient) basis, with the corresponding end points (e.g., starting and stopping times) or other reference values defining the end points (e.g., the amount of time before/after a meal indication for a pre- or post-meal monitoring period) for the different monitoring time periods being stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the patient.
  • the monitoring periods may be customizable on a per-user basis (e.g., doctor to doctor) in a similar manner, with the corresponding timing criteria for the different monitoring time periods being stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the user of the client device 210 .
  • the server 206 classifies or otherwise categorizes the patient's sensor glucose measurement values into the appropriate monitoring time periods, resulting in a subset of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values associated with each respective monitoring time period. Thereafter, for each monitoring period, the server 206 analyzes that subset of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values to identify any hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event patterns associated with that respective monitoring period. As described above, the server 206 identifies a hypoglycemic event when one or more of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values within that subset are less than a lower glucose threshold value on at least two different days within the snapshot time period. Similarly, the server 206 identifies a hyperglycemic event when one or more of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values within the subset are greater than an upper glucose threshold value on at least two different days within the snapshot time period.
  • the server 206 analyzes the subset of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the respective monitoring period to detect or otherwise identify a variability event pattern across multiple days within the snapshot time period. For example, in one embodiment, the server 206 identifies a variability event pattern when one or more the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the monitoring period are less than the lower glucose threshold value on at least two different days within the snapshot time period and one or more of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values within the subset are greater than an upper glucose threshold value on at least two different days within the snapshot time period.
  • the server 206 also calculates an interquartile range of the daily median sensor glucose measurement values within the monitoring period and detects a variability event pattern when the interquartile range is greater than a variability detection threshold (e.g., 80 mg/dL).
  • a variability detection threshold e.g. 80 mg/dL
  • the interquartile range is merely one exemplary way in which a variability event pattern may be detected, and in other embodiments, a variability event pattern may be detected based on other statistics calculated based on measurement values for a given monitoring period (e.g., standard deviation values, variance values, or the like).
  • the detection threshold values or other detection criteria for event patterns may be customizable on a patient-specific (or per-patient) basis, with the corresponding detection threshold values (e.g., the lower glucose threshold value, the upper glucose threshold value, the variability detection threshold value, and the lie) being stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the patient. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, the detection threshold values or other detection criteria may be customizable on a per-user basis (e.g., doctor to doctor) in a similar manner, with the corresponding detection criteria being stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the user of the client device 210 .
  • the various criteria used for generating the event detection region 106 on the snapshot GUI display 100 may vary depending on either the patient being analyzed or the user of the client device 210 .
  • the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by prioritizing the event patterns according to one or more prioritization criteria to obtain a prioritized list of detected event patterns.
  • the snapshot presentation process 300 prioritizes the event patterns primarily based on event type, and secondarily based on the monitoring period associated with the respective event patterns (tasks 310 , 312 ).
  • the server 206 prioritizes, sorts, or otherwise orders variability event patterns ahead of both hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic event patterns, with hypoglycemic event patterns being prioritized or ordered ahead of hyperglycemic event patterns.
  • prioritization by event type results in variability event patterns being ordered first in a list or other data structure containing the detected event patterns, followed by hypoglycemic event patterns, followed by the hyperglycemic event patterns.
  • the server 206 prioritizes, sorts, or otherwise orders event patterns for each event type by their associated monitoring period. For example, the server 206 prioritizes, sorts, or otherwise orders the variability event patterns by monitoring period and orders the prioritized variability event patterns ahead of the hypoglycemic event patterns, which are also prioritized or otherwise ordered by monitoring period. In one embodiment, the server 206 prioritizes event patterns by monitoring period in the following order: the fasting time period or pre-breakfast time period, the overnight time period, the breakfast or post-breakfast time period, the dinner or post-dinner time period, the lunch or post-lunch time period, the pre-dinner time period, and the pre-lunch time period.
  • the event patterns may be prioritized as follows: a variability event associated with the fasting time period or pre-breakfast time period, a variability event associated with the overnight time period, a variability event associated with the breakfast or post-breakfast time period, a variability event associated with the dinner or post-dinner time period, a variability event associated with the lunch or post-lunch time period, a variability event associated with the pre-dinner time period, and a variability event associated with the pre-lunch time period, followed by a hypoglycemic event associated with the fasting time period or pre-breakfast time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the overnight time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the breakfast or post-breakfast time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the dinner or post-dinner time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the lunch or post-lunch time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the pre-dinner time period, and a hypoglycemic event associated with the fasting time period
  • prioritization by monitoring period results in a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within a fasting time period being ordered ahead of a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within an overnight time period (e.g., the period of time preceding 5:00 AM) in the prioritized list.
  • an overnight time period e.g., the period of time preceding 5:00 AM
  • more significant time periods for purposes of glycemic control may be preferentially displayed over less significant time periods.
  • events occurring overnight or early in the morning prior to eating may require more attention or remedial action than events occurring during the day when the patient is awake and alert and capable of responding to alerts or notifications generated by the infusion device 202 .
  • the prioritization criteria may be customizable or otherwise configurable on a per-patient or per-user basis and such particular prioritization criteria may be stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with that patient or user. Additionally, the ordering of the application of the prioritization criteria may be customizable or configurable. For example, in one alternative embodiment, the event patterns are prioritized primarily based on monitoring period and secondarily based on the event type associated with the respective event patterns.
  • the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by filtering the event patterns according to one or more filtering criteria to obtain a reduced prioritized list of detected event patterns for presentation on the snapshot GUI display.
  • the snapshot presentation process 300 filters the prioritized list of detected event patterns first by event type priority within the respective monitoring periods to remove or exclude lower priority event patterns and thereby select or retain only the highest priority event pattern detected for each respective monitoring period (task 314 ).
  • the server 206 may remove the hypoglycemic event pattern and the hyperglycemic event pattern associated with that monitoring period from the prioritized list of detected event patterns when the variability event type has the highest priority, so that the list retains only the variability event pattern associated with the monitoring period.
  • a hypoglycemic event pattern e.g., sensor measurement values below a lower threshold value on at least two days
  • a hyperglycemic event pattern e.g., sensor measurement values above an upper threshold value on at least two days
  • a variability event pattern e.g., sensor measurement values above an upper threshold value on at least two days and below a lower threshold value on at least two days
  • the event type priorities may be customizable or otherwise configurable on a per-patient or per-user basis, such that particular prioritization criteria may be stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with that patient or user and the resulting types of events preferentially presented within the pattern detection region of the snapshot GUI display may vary depending on the user or patient.
  • the resulting list includes only one event pattern for each monitoring period during which an event pattern was detected, with the retained event pattern for a respective monitoring period being the highest priority event pattern within that monitoring period.
  • the server 206 identifies a variability event pattern and a hypoglycemic and/or hyperglycemic event pattern within the lunch time monitoring period, only the variability event pattern associated with the lunch time period may remain in the prioritized list after filtering the lower priority event patterns detected within the lunch time period.
  • the server 206 identified both a hypoglycemic event pattern and a hyperglycemic event pattern within the pre-dinner time period, only the hypoglycemic event pattern associated with the pre-dinner time period may remain in the prioritized list.
  • the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by filtering the list of event patterns based on a display threshold number of event patterns to remove or exclude lower priority event patterns and thereby select or retain only a limited number of the highest priority event patterns for presentation on the snapshot GUI display (task 316 ).
  • the display threshold number is equal to three, so that all event patterns after the first three event patterns in the prioritized list are removed or otherwise excluded, resulting in a filtered prioritized list that includes only the three highest priority event patterns remaining after filtering by event type priority within the respective monitoring periods.
  • the hyperglycemic event pattern detected for an overnight monitoring period may be filtered or otherwise removed from the list based on the fasting monitoring period being prioritized over the overnight monitoring period (e.g., task 312 ).
  • the display threshold number may be customizable or otherwise configurable on a per-patient or per-user basis, so that the number of pattern guidance displays presented within the pattern detection region of the snapshot GUI display may vary depending on the user or patient.
  • the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by generating or otherwise providing pattern guidance displays for the remaining event patterns in the filtered prioritized list within the snapshot GUI display along with corresponding indicia for the event patterns on the graph overlay region of the snapshot GUI display (tasks 318 , 320 ).
  • the pattern guidance displays are presented in a manner such that higher priority event patterns are preferentially displayed relative to lower priority event patterns, for example, by presenting the highest priority remaining event pattern above and/or to the left of the other remaining event patterns and presenting the lowest priority remaining event pattern below and/or to the right of the other remaining event patterns.
  • the indicia for the remaining event patterns presented on the graph overlay region identify or otherwise indicate the relative priority of the detected event pattern along with the corresponding monitoring period relative to the time period depicted on the graph.
  • prioritization by event type (e.g., task 310 ) and then by monitoring period (e.g., task 312 ) results in the variability event pattern detected within the lunch time period being ordered first in the prioritized list, followed by a hypoglycemic event pattern detected within the lunch time period, followed by a hypoglycemic event pattern detected within a pre-dinner time period, followed by a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within a fasting time period, followed by a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within an overnight time period, followed by a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within a dinner or post-dinner time period.
  • filtering by event type priority within monitoring period removes the lunch time hypoglycemic event pattern from the prioritized list
  • filtering based on the display threshold removes the overnight hyperglycemic event pattern and the dinner or post-dinner hyperglycemic event pattern, resulting in a filtered prioritized list of three event patterns that includes the lunch time variability event pattern, the pre-dinner hypoglycemic event pattern, and the fasting hyperglycemic event pattern.
  • the server 206 generates or otherwise provides (e.g., on or to the client application 212 on the client device 210 ) a pattern guidance display 120 associated with the lunch time variability event pattern that is preferentially displayed relative to (e.g., to the left of) the pattern guidance displays 130 , 140 associated with the pre-dinner hypoglycemic event pattern and the fasting hyperglycemic event pattern, with the pre-dinner hypoglycemic guidance display 130 being preferentially displayed relative to the fasting hyperglycemic guidance display 140 .
  • the server 206 generates a marker 128 associated with the lunch time variability guidance display 120 having a position and dimension that encompasses, overlaps, or otherwise indicates the lunch time monitoring period that also includes an indication (e.g., the number 1) that the event pattern associated with the lunch time monitoring period is the highest priority event pattern detected.
  • the server 206 generates a second marker 138 having a position and dimension that encompasses, overlaps, or otherwise indicates the pre-dinner monitoring period and includes an indication (e.g., the number 2) that the event pattern associated with the pre-dinner monitoring period is the second highest priority event pattern detected, and the server 206 generates a third marker 148 having a position and dimension that encompasses, overlaps, or otherwise indicates the fasting monitoring period and includes an indication (e.g., the number 3) that the event pattern associated with the fasting monitoring period is the third highest priority event pattern detected.
  • FIG. 4 depicts an exemplary pattern guidance presentation process 400 suitable for implementation in conjunction with the snapshot presentation process 300 of FIG. 3 to generate pattern guidance displays within a pattern detection region of a snapshot GUI display, such as pattern guidance displays 120 , 130 , 140 within pattern detection region 106 of the snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 .
  • the various tasks performed in connection with the pattern guidance presentation process 400 may be performed by hardware, firmware, software executed by processing circuitry, or any combination thereof.
  • the following description refers to elements mentioned above in connection with FIG. 2 .
  • portions of the pattern guidance presentation process 400 may be performed by different elements of the patient management system 200 ; however, for purposes of explanation, the subject matter may be described in the context of the guidance presentation process 400 being performed by the server 206 .
  • the pattern guidance presentation process 400 may include any number of additional or alternative tasks, the tasks need not be performed in the illustrated order and/or the tasks may be performed concurrently, and/or the pattern guidance presentation process 400 may be incorporated into a more comprehensive procedure or process having additional functionality not described in detail herein. Moreover, one or more of the tasks shown and described in the context of FIG. 4 could be omitted from a practical embodiment of the pattern guidance presentation process 400 as long as the intended overall functionality remains intact.
  • the pattern guidance presentation process 400 is performed for each detected event pattern that remains in the filtered prioritized list (e.g., task 318 ) to populate the pattern detection region on a snapshot GUI display.
  • the illustrated process 400 generates a header for the pattern guidance display based on the event type and monitoring period associated with the detected event pattern along with the priority of the detected event pattern in the filtered prioritized list (task 402 ).
  • the pattern guidance header identifies the type of event pattern that was detected, the monitoring period that event pattern was detected within, and the priority level associated with that event pattern based on the prioritization criteria. For example, referring to FIG.
  • the server 206 generates a header region 122 for the first guidance display 120 within the event pattern region 106 that identifies the first event pattern is a variability event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “Variable SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a lunch time monitoring period, with the number one indicating the lunch time variability event is the highest priority event pattern detected.
  • a variability event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “Variable SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a lunch time monitoring period, with the number one indicating the lunch time variability event is the highest priority event pattern detected.
  • the server 206 generates a header region 132 for the second guidance display 130 that identifies the second event pattern is a hypoglycemic event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “Low SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a pre-dinner monitoring period, with the number two indicating the pre-dinner hypoglycemic event is the second highest priority event pattern detected.
  • a hypoglycemic event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “Low SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a pre-dinner monitoring period, with the number two indicating the pre-dinner hypoglycemic event is the second highest priority event pattern detected.
  • the server 206 also generates a header region 142 for the third guidance display 140 that identifies the third event pattern is a hyperglycemic event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “High SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a fasting monitoring period, with the number three indicating the fasting hyperglycemic event is the third highest priority event pattern detected.
  • the third guidance display 140 identifies the third event pattern is a hyperglycemic event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “High SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a fasting monitoring period, with the number three indicating the fasting hyperglycemic event is the third highest priority event pattern detected.
  • the guidance presentation process 400 also generates a graphical representation of the time of day corresponding to the respective monitoring periods associated with the displayed event patterns (task 404 ).
  • the time of day corresponding to a particular named monitoring period and the relationship between sensor glucose measurement values and that monitoring period may be made apparent to the user in conjunction with the markers 128 , 138 , 148 presented on the graph overlay region 108 .
  • the server 206 may calculate or otherwise determine the end points for the current instance of that monitoring period within the current snapshot time period and provide graphical representation of that time period encompassing the period between those end points within the respective header region. For example, in FIG.
  • the time of day associated with the current instance of the pre-dinner monitoring period associated with pattern guidance display 130 could be calculated or otherwise determined based on respective timings of meal announcements or markers during the current snapshot time period depicted in the graph overlay region 108 that occur in the evening, while accounting for any offset values that are stored in the database 208 in association with the current patient or user and define the boundaries of the pre-dinner monitoring period relative to those meal announcements. That said, default time period end points may also be used in the absence of sufficient meal announcements within a designated dinner time period (e.g., which could also be defined by default end point values or be customizable). For other monitoring periods, the server 206 may obtain the stored end points associated with that monitoring period in the database 208 for the current patient or user, and provide a graphical representation of the monitoring period time of day.
  • the server 206 generates a graphical representation of the time of day associated with the lunch monitoring period (e.g., 11:00 AM-3:00 PM predefined lunch time period since insufficient evening meal announcements exist within that timeframe for calculating based on meal announcement timings) in the first header region 122 , a graphical representation of the time of day associated with the pre-dinner monitoring period (e.g., the 5:00 PM-8:00 PM predefined time period since insufficient evening meal announcements exist within that timeframe for calculating based on meal announcement timings) in the second header region 132 , and a graphical representation of the time of day associated with the fasting monitoring period (e.g., 5:00 AM-7:00 AM) in the third header region 142 .
  • a graphical representation of the time of day associated with the lunch monitoring period e.g., 11:00 AM-3:00 PM predefined lunch time period since insufficient evening meal announcements exist within that timeframe for calculating based on meal announcement timings
  • the header may include a footnote symbol or other indicia that indicates whether a monitoring period capable of being adaptively and dynamically calculated based on meal announcements was able to be determined, and if not, provide indication that a fixed time of day is utilized due to insufficient meal announcements within a default timeframe (or predefined range of time) associated with that respective monitoring period.
  • the guidance presentation process 400 also generates a graphical representation of one or more characteristics summarizing, quantifying or otherwise describing the nature of the displayed event patterns, such as, for example, the severity, frequency, intensity, or the like (task 406 ).
  • a user may quickly ascertain the relative significance or impact of the individual events that resulted in the detected event pattern with respect to the patient's physiological condition during the snapshot time period in conjunction with the relative priority of that event pattern.
  • any number of different characteristics or metrics that summarize, quantify or otherwise describe the nature of a detected event pattern or the individual component events of the event pattern may be determined and presented, and the subject matter is not intended to be limited to any particular characteristics or metric presented in a pattern guidance display.
  • the server 206 may calculate or otherwise determine that a variability event occurred on four different days within the snapshot time period and provide a graphical representation of the variability event frequency within an event pattern summary region 124 of the pattern guidance display 120 beneath the header region 122 .
  • a user may readily identify that the variability event is the highest priority event pattern detected within the snapshot time period while also identifying the occurrence of a variability event at during the lunch time period on every day of the snapshot time period, and thereby be apprised of the relative importance of addressing the lunch time variability event.
  • the server 206 may calculate or otherwise determine the number of days within the snapshot time period that the sensor glucose measurement values were within the range between a hypoglycemic glucose threshold (e.g., 50 mg/dL) and a lower glucose target range threshold (e.g., 70 mg/dL) and provide a corresponding graphical representation of the lower severity hypoglycemic event frequency within an event pattern summary region 134 of the pattern guidance display 130 , while also determining the number of days within the snapshot time period that those sensor glucose measurement values were below the hypoglycemic glucose threshold and provide a corresponding graphical representation of the higher severity hypoglycemic event frequency within the event pattern summary region 134 .
  • a hypoglycemic glucose threshold e.g., 50 mg/dL
  • a lower glucose target range threshold e.g., 70 mg/dL
  • the server 206 may calculate or otherwise determine, based on the sensor glucose measurement values corresponding to the fasting monitoring period, the number of days within the snapshot time period that the sensor glucose measurement values were within the range between an upper target range threshold (e.g., 150 mg/dL) and a hyperglycemic glucose threshold (e.g., 250 mg/dL) and provide a corresponding graphical representation of the lower severity hyperglycemic event frequency within event pattern summary region 144 , while also determining the number of days within the snapshot time period that those sensor glucose measurement values were above the hyperglycemic glucose threshold and provide a corresponding graphical representation of the higher severity hyperglycemic event frequency within the event pattern summary region 144 .
  • an upper target range threshold e.g. 150 mg/dL
  • a hyperglycemic glucose threshold e.g. 250 mg/dL
  • the guidance presentation process 400 also generates a graphical representation of one or more potential causes for the detected event pattern within the pattern guidance display (task 408 ).
  • the potential causes may be stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the particular combination of event type and monitoring period (or time of day), with the server 206 retrieving or otherwise obtaining the appropriate potential causes that correspond to the current combination of event type and monitoring period presented on the snapshot display.
  • the server 206 accesses the database 208 to identify the list of potential causes associated with the variability event type that are also associated with the lunch time monitoring period (or a time of day between 11:00 AM and 3:00 PM) and then generates or otherwise provides a graphical representation of that list of causes in the analysis region 126 .
  • the potential causes may be phrased in a manner that suggests remedial actions that can be taken to resolve or correct the event pattern. In other embodiments described in greater detail below in the context of FIGS.
  • potential remedial actions may also be stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the particular combination of event type and monitoring period (or time of day).
  • the server 206 may identify or otherwise determine the appropriate potential remedial actions (or logical rules therefor) that correspond to the current combination of event type and monitoring period presented on the snapshot display and then generate graphical representations of those remedial actions within the event pattern analysis region 126 , 136 , 146 .
  • a user may quickly ascertain or otherwise identify the most significant event patterns detected within a particular time period being evaluated on the snapshot GUI display 100 , while also being able to quickly ascertain the relative impact or significance of the constituent events with respect to the patient's glycemic control, the temporal characteristics or significance of those events, and the potential causes or remedial actions for those events at the times of day during which they were detected. This is particularly useful in the context of a patient management system, such as patient management system 200 of FIG.
  • the doctor or other medical professional or healthcare provider monitoring the glycemic control of the patient associated with the infusion device 202 utilizes a client device 210 to access and review historical data associated with the patient over a select period of time from the database 208 via the server 206 .
  • the server 206 generates or otherwise provides a snapshot GUI display 100 within a client application 212 on the client device 210 that includes pattern guidance displays 120 , 130 , 140 associated with the highest priority event patterns detected based on the patient's historical measurement data within the desired evaluation period in conjunction with a performance metric region 104 and graph overlay region 108 that also reflect the patient's historical measurement data within the desired evaluation period.
  • the snapshot GUI display 100 allows the user of the client device 210 to quickly assess the general characteristics or nature of the glycemic control for the patient achieved by the infusion device 202 , while also apprising the user of the most notable event patterns detected within the desired evaluation period, their relative significance or impact, and their potential causes or remedies.
  • the snapshot GUI display 100 can aid a doctor or other care provider seeking to integrate continuous glucose monitoring and/or other autonomous glucose regulation by the infusion device 202 into his or her practice in an efficient manner by detecting, prioritizing, filtering, and characterizing event patterns automatically (e.g., without requiring manual input or analysis). This, in turn, facilitates improved patient outcomes.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a computing device 500 including a display 533 suitable for presenting a snapshot GUI display 100 as part of a diabetes data management system in conjunction with the processes 300 , 400 of FIGS. 3 - 4 described above.
  • the diabetes data management system may be referred to as the Medtronic MiniMed CARELINKTM system or as a medical data management system (MDMS) in some embodiments.
  • the DDMS may be housed on a server or a plurality of servers which a user or a health care professional may access via a communications network via the Internet or the World Wide Web.
  • Some models of the DDMS, which is described as an MDMS, are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2006/0031094 and 2013/0338630, which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • the DDMS may be installed in a computing device in a health care provider's office, such as a doctor's office, a nurse's office, a clinic, an emergency room, an urgent care office.
  • Health care providers may be reluctant to utilize a system where their confidential patient data is to be stored in a computing device such as a server on the Internet.
  • the DDMS may be installed on a computing device 500 .
  • the computing device 500 may be coupled to a display 533 .
  • the computing device 500 may be in a physical device separate from the display (such as in a personal computer, a mini-computer, etc.)
  • the computing device 500 may be in a single physical enclosure or device with the display 533 such as a laptop where the display 533 is integrated into the computing device.
  • the computing device 500 hosting the DDMS may be, but is not limited to, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a server, a network computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a portable telephone including computer functions, a pager with a large visible display, an insulin pump including a display, a glucose sensor including a display, a glucose meter including a display, and/or a combination insulin pump/glucose sensor having a display.
  • the computing device may also be an insulin pump coupled to a display, a glucose meter coupled to a display, or a glucose sensor coupled to a display.
  • the computing device 500 may also be a server located on the Internet that is accessible via a browser installed on a laptop computer, desktop computer, a network computer, or a PDA.
  • the computing device 500 may also be a server located in a doctor's office that is accessible via a browser installed on a portable computing device, e.g., laptop, PDA, network computer, portable phone, which has wireless capabilities and can communicate via one of the wireless communication protocols such as Bluetooth and IEEE 802.11 protocols.
  • the data management system 516 comprises a group of interrelated software modules or layers that specialize in different tasks.
  • the system software includes a device communication layer 524 , a data parsing layer 526 , a database layer 528 , database storage devices 529 , a reporting layer 530 , a graph display layer 531 , and a user interface layer 532 .
  • the diabetes data management system may communicate with a plurality of subject support devices 512 , two of which are illustrated in FIG. 5 .
  • the different reference numerals refer to a number of layers, (e.g., a device communication layer, a data parsing layer, a database layer), each layer may include a single software module or a plurality of software modules.
  • the device communications layer 524 may include a number of interacting software modules, libraries, etc.
  • the data management system 516 may be installed onto a non-volatile storage area (memory such as flash memory, hard disk, removable hard, DVD-RW, CD-RW) of the computing device 500 . If the data management system 516 is selected or initiated, the system 516 may be loaded into a volatile storage (memory such as DRAM, SRAM, RAM, DDRAM) for execution.
  • the device communication layer 524 is responsible for interfacing with at least one, and, in further embodiments, to a plurality of different types of subject support devices 512 , such as, for example, blood glucose meters, glucose sensors/monitors, or an infusion pump.
  • the device communication layer 524 may be configured to communicate with a single type of subject support device 512 .
  • the device communication layer 524 is configured to communicate with multiple different types of subject support devices 512 , such as devices made from multiple different manufacturers, multiple different models from a particular manufacturer and/or multiple different devices that provide different functions (such as infusion functions, sensing functions, metering functions, communication functions, user interface functions, or combinations thereof).
  • the diabetes data management system 516 may collect data from a significantly greater number of discrete sources. Such embodiments may provide expanded and improved data analysis capabilities by including a greater number of subjects and groups of subjects in statistical or other forms of analysis that can benefit from larger amounts of sample data and/or greater diversity in sample data, and, thereby, improve capabilities of determining appropriate treatment parameters, diagnostics, or the like.
  • the device communication layer 524 allows the DDMS 516 to receive information from and transmit information to or from each subject support device 512 in the system 516 .
  • the type of information that may be communicated between the system 516 and device 512 may include, but is not limited to, data, programs, updated software, education materials, warning messages, notifications, device settings, therapy parameters, or the like.
  • the device communication layer 524 may include suitable routines for detecting the type of subject support device 512 in communication with the system 516 and implementing appropriate communication protocols for that type of device 512 .
  • the subject support device 512 may communicate information in packets or other data arrangements, where the communication includes a preamble or other portion that includes device identification information for identifying the type of the subject support device.
  • the subject support device 512 may include suitable user-operable interfaces for allowing a user to enter information, such as by selecting an optional icon or text or other device identifier that corresponds to the type of subject support device used by that user. Such information may be communicated to the system 516 , through a network connection.
  • the system 516 may detect the type of subject support device 512 it is communicating with in the manner described above and then may send a message requiring the user to verify that the system 516 properly detected the type of subject support device being used by the user.
  • the device communication layer 524 may be capable of implementing multiple different communication protocols and selects a protocol that is appropriate for the detected type of subject support device.
  • the data-parsing layer 526 is responsible for validating the integrity of device data received and for inputting it correctly into a database 529 .
  • a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) process for checking the integrity of the received data may be employed.
  • data may be received in packets or other data arrangements, where preambles or other portions of the data include device type identification information. Such preambles or other portions of the received data may further include device serial numbers or other identification information that may be used for validating the authenticity of the received information.
  • the system 516 may compare received identification information with pre-stored information to evaluate whether the received information is from a valid source.
  • the database layer 528 may include a centralized database repository that is responsible for warehousing and archiving stored data in an organized format for later access, and retrieval.
  • the database layer 528 operates with one or more data storage device(s) 529 suitable for storing and providing access to data in the manner described herein.
  • data storage device(s) 529 may comprise, for example, one or more hard discs, optical discs, tapes, digital libraries or other suitable digital or analog storage media and associated drive devices, drive arrays or the like.
  • Data may be stored and archived for various purposes, depending upon the embodiment and environment of use.
  • Information regarding specific subjects and patient support devices may be stored and archived and made available to those specific subjects, their authorized healthcare providers and/or authorized healthcare payor entities for analyzing the subject's condition.
  • certain information regarding groups of subjects or groups of subject support devices may be made available more generally for healthcare providers, subjects, personnel of the entity administering the system 516 or other entities, for analyzing group data or other forms of conglomerate data.
  • Embodiments of the database layer 528 and other components of the system 516 may employ suitable data security measures for securing personal medical information of subjects, while also allowing non-personal medical information to be more generally available for analysis.
  • Embodiments may be configured for compliance with suitable government regulations, industry standards, policies or the like, including, but not limited to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA).
  • HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
  • the database layer 528 may be configured to limit access of each user to types of information pre-authorized for that user. For example, a subject may be allowed access to his or her individual medical information (with individual identifiers) stored by the database layer 528 , but not allowed access to other subject's individual medical information (with individual identifiers). Similarly, a subject's authorized healthcare provider or payor entity may be provided access to some or all of the subject's individual medical information (with individual identifiers) stored by the database layer 528 , but not allowed access to another individual's personal information. Also, an operator or administrator-user (on a separate computer communicating with the computing device 500 ) may be provided access to some or all subject information, depending upon the role of the operator or administrator. On the other hand, a subject, healthcare provider, operator, administrator or other entity, may be authorized to access general information of unidentified individuals, groups or conglomerates (without individual identifiers) stored by the database layer 528 in the data storage devices 529 .
  • the database layer 528 may store preference profiles.
  • each user may store information regarding specific parameters that correspond to the user.
  • these parameters could include target blood glucose or sensor glucose levels, what type of equipment the users utilize (insulin pump, glucose sensor, blood glucose meter, etc.) and could be stored in a record, a file, or a memory location in the data storage device(s) 529 in the database layer.
  • preference profiles may include various threshold values, monitoring period values, prioritization criteria, filtering criteria, and/or other user-specific values for parameters utilized by the processes 300 , 400 described above to generate a snapshot GUI display, such as snapshot GUI display 100 , on the display 533 or a support device 512 in a personalized or patient-specific manner.
  • the DDMS 516 may measure, analyze, and track either blood glucose (BG) or sensor glucose (SG) readings for a user.
  • BG blood glucose
  • SG sensor glucose
  • the medical data management system may measure, track, or analyze both BG and SG readings for the user. Accordingly, although certain reports may mention or illustrate BG or SG only, the reports may monitor and display results for the other one of the glucose readings or for both of the glucose readings.
  • the reporting layer 530 may include a report wizard program that pulls data from selected locations in the database 529 and generates report information from the desired parameters of interest.
  • the reporting layer 530 may be configured to generate multiple different types of reports, each having different information and/or showing information in different formats (arrangements or styles), where the type of report may be selectable by the user.
  • a plurality of pre-set types of report (with pre-defined types of content and format) may be available and selectable by a user. At least some of the pre-set types of reports may be common, industry standard report types with which many healthcare providers should be familiar.
  • the reporting layer 530 also facilitates generation of a snapshot report including a snapshot GUI display, such as snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 .
  • the database layer 528 may calculate values for various medical information that is to be displayed on the reports generated by the report or reporting layer 530 .
  • the database layer 528 may calculate average blood glucose or sensor glucose readings for specified timeframes.
  • the reporting layer 530 may calculate values for medical or physical information that is to be displayed on the reports. For example, a user may select parameters which are then utilized by the reporting layer 530 to generate medical information values corresponding to the selected parameters. In other embodiments of the invention, the user may select a parameter profile that previously existed in the database layer 528 .
  • the report wizard may allow a user to design a custom type of report.
  • the report wizard may allow a user to define and input parameters (such as parameters specifying the type of content data, the time period of such data, the format of the report, or the like) and may select data from the database and arrange the data in a printable or displayable arrangement, based on the user-defined parameters.
  • the report wizard may interface with or provide data for use by other programs that may be available to users, such as common report generating, formatting or statistical analysis programs. In this manner, users may import data from the system 516 into further reporting tools familiar to the user.
  • the reporting layer 530 may generate reports in displayable form to allow a user to view reports on a standard display device, printable form to allow a user to print reports on standard printers, or other suitable forms for access by a user.
  • Embodiments may operate with conventional file format schemes for simplifying storing, printing and transmitting functions, including, but not limited to PDF, JPEG, or the like.
  • a user may select a type of report and parameters for the report and the reporting layer 530 may create the report in a PDF format.
  • a PDF plug-in may be initiated to help create the report and also to allow the user to view the report. Under these operating conditions, the user may print the report utilizing the PDF plug-in.
  • some or all reports may be generated in a form (or with suitable software controls) to inhibit printing, or electronic transfer (such as a non-printable and/or non-capable format).
  • the system 516 may allow a user generating a report to designate the report as non-printable and/or non-transferable, whereby the system 516 will provide the report in a form that inhibits printing and/or electronic transfer.
  • the reporting layer 530 may transfer selected reports to the graph display layer 531 .
  • the graph display layer 531 receives information regarding the selected reports and converts the data into a format that can be displayed or shown on a display 533 .
  • the reporting layer 530 may store a number of the user's parameters.
  • the reporting layer 530 may store the type of carbohydrate units, a blood glucose movement or sensor glucose reading, a carbohydrate conversion factor, and timeframes for specific types of reports. These examples are meant to be illustrative and not limiting.
  • diagnostic and therapeutic parameters may be used to assess the health status and relative well-being of that subject, assess the subject's compliance to a therapy, as well as to develop or modify treatment for the subject and assess the subject's behaviors that affect his/her therapy.
  • the diagnostic and therapeutic parameters may be used to assess the health status and relative well-being of groups of subjects with similar medical conditions, such as, but not limited to, diabetic subjects, cardiac subjects, diabetic subjects having a particular type of diabetes or cardiac condition, subjects of a particular age, sex or other demographic group, subjects with conditions that influence therapeutic decisions such as but not limited to pregnancy, obesity, hypoglycemic unawareness, learning disorders, limited ability to care for self, various levels of insulin resistance, combinations thereof, or the like.
  • the user interface layer 532 supports interactions with the end user, for example, for user login and data access, software navigation, data input, user selection of desired report types and the display of selected information. Users may also input parameters to be utilized in the selected reports via the user interface layer 532 .
  • Examples of users include but are not limited to: healthcare providers, healthcare payer entities, system operators or administrators, researchers, business entities, healthcare institutions and organizations, or the like, depending upon the service being provided by the system and depending upon the invention embodiment. More comprehensive embodiments are capable of interacting with some or all of the above-noted types of users, wherein different types of users have access to different services or data or different levels of services or data.
  • the user interface layer 532 provides one or more websites accessible by users on the Internet.
  • the user interface layer may include or operate with at least one (or multiple) suitable network server(s) to provide the website(s) over the Internet and to allow access, world-wide, from Internet-connected computers using standard Internet browser software.
  • the website(s) may be accessed by various types of users, including but not limited to subjects, healthcare providers, researchers, business entities, healthcare institutions and organizations, payor entities, pharmaceutical partners or other sources of pharmaceuticals or medical equipment, and/or support personnel or other personnel running the system 516 , depending upon the embodiment of use.
  • the user interface layer 532 provides a number of menus to the user to navigate through the DDMS. These menus may be created utilizing any menu format, including but not limited to HTML, XML, or Active Server pages. A user may access the DDMS 516 to perform one or more of a variety of tasks, such as accessing general information made available on a website to all subjects or groups of subjects.
  • the user interface layer 532 of the DDMS 516 may allow a user to access specific information or to generate reports regarding that subject's medical condition or that subject's medical device(s) 512 , to transfer data or other information from that subject's support device(s) 512 to the system 516 , to transfer data, programs, program updates or other information from the system 516 to the subject's support device(s) 512 , to manually enter information into the system 516 , to engage in a remote consultation exchange with a healthcare provider, or to modify the custom settings in a subject's supported device and/or in a subject's DDMS/MDMS data file.
  • the system 516 may provide access to different optional resources or activities (including accessing different information items and services) to different users and to different types or groups of users, such that each user may have a customized experience and/or each type or group of users (e.g., all users, diabetic users, cardio users, healthcare provider-user or payor-user, or the like) may have a different set of information items or services available on the system.
  • the system 516 may include or employ one or more suitable resource provisioning program or system for allocating appropriate resources to each user or type of user, based on a pre-defined authorization plan.
  • Resource provisioning systems are well known in connection with provisioning of electronic office resources (email, software programs under license, sensitive data, etc.) in an office environment, for example, in a local area network LAN for an office, company or firm.
  • such resource provisioning systems is adapted to control access to medical information and services on the DDMS 516 , based on the type of user and/or the identity of the user.
  • the user may be provided access to secure, personalized information stored on the DDMS 516 .
  • the user may be provided access to a secure, personalized location in the DDMS 516 which has been assigned to the subject.
  • This personalized location may be referred to as a personalized screen, a home screen, a home menu, a personalized page, etc.
  • the personalized location may provide a personalized home screen to the subject, including selectable icons or menu items for selecting optional activities, including, for example, an option to transfer device data from a subject's supported device 512 to the system 516 , manually enter additional data into the system 516 , modify the subject's custom settings, and/or view and print reports.
  • Reports may include data specific to the subject's condition, including but not limited to, data obtained from the subject's support device(s) 512 , data manually entered, data from medical libraries or other networked therapy management systems, data from the subjects or groups of subjects, or the like. Where the reports include subject-specific information and subject identification information, the reports may be generated from some or all subject data stored in a secure storage area (e.g., storage devices 529 ) employed by the database layer 528 .
  • a secure storage area e.g., storage devices 529
  • the user may select an option to transfer (send) device data to the medical data management system 516 .
  • the system 516 may provide the user with step-by-step instructions on how to transfer data from the subject's supported device(s) 512 .
  • the DDMS 516 may have a plurality of different stored instruction sets for instructing users how to download data from different types of subject support devices, where each instruction set relates to a particular type of subject supported device (e.g., pump, sensor, meter, or the like), a particular manufacturer's version of a type of subject support device, or the like.
  • Registration information received from the user during registration may include information regarding the type of subject support device(s) 512 used by the subject.
  • the system 516 employs that information to select the stored instruction set(s) associated with the particular subject's support device(s) 512 for display to the user.
  • Other activities or resources available to the user on the system 516 may include an option for manually entering information to the DDMS/MDMS 516 .
  • the user may select an option to manually enter additional information into the system 516 .
  • Further optional activities or resources may be available to the user on the DDMS 516 .
  • the user may select an option to receive data, software, software updates, treatment recommendations or other information from the system 516 on the subject's support device(s) 512 .
  • the system 516 may provide the user with a list or other arrangement of multiple selectable icons or other indicia representing available data, software, software updates or other information available to the user.
  • Yet further optional activities or resources may be available to the user on the medical data management system 516 including, for example, an option for the user to customize or otherwise further personalize the user's personalized location or menu.
  • the user may select an option to customize parameters for the user.
  • the user may create profiles of customizable parameters.
  • the system 516 may provide the user with a list or other arrangement of multiple selectable icons or other indicia representing parameters that may be modified to accommodate the user's preferences.
  • the system 516 may receive the user's request and makes the requested modification.
  • FIG. 6 depicts one exemplary embodiment of an infusion system 600 that includes, without limitation, a fluid infusion device (or infusion pump) 602 , a sensing arrangement 604 , a command control device (CCD) 606 , and a computer 608 , which could be realized as any one of the computing devices 206 , 210 , 500 , 512 described above.
  • the components of an infusion system 600 may be realized using different platforms, designs, and configurations, and the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 is not exhaustive or limiting.
  • the infusion device 602 and the sensing arrangement 604 are secured at desired locations on the body of a user (or patient), as illustrated in FIG. 6 .
  • the locations at which the infusion device 602 and the sensing arrangement 604 are secured to the body of the user in FIG. 6 are provided only as a representative, non-limiting, example.
  • the elements of the infusion system 600 may be similar to those described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,674,288, the subject matter of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the infusion device 602 is designed as a portable medical device suitable for infusing a fluid, a liquid, a gel, or other agent into the body of a user.
  • the infused fluid is insulin, although many other fluids may be administered through infusion such as, but not limited to, HIV drugs, drugs to treat pulmonary hypertension, iron chelation drugs, pain medications, anti-cancer treatments, medications, vitamins, hormones, or the like.
  • the fluid may include a nutritional supplement, a dye, a tracing medium, a saline medium, a hydration medium, or the like.
  • the sensing arrangement 604 generally represents the components of the infusion system 600 configured to sense, detect, measure or otherwise quantify a condition of the user, and may include a sensor, a monitor, or the like, for providing data indicative of the condition that is sensed, detected, measured or otherwise monitored by the sensing arrangement.
  • the sensing arrangement 604 may include electronics and enzymes reactive to a biological or physiological condition of the user, such as a blood glucose level, or the like, and provide data indicative of the blood glucose level to the infusion device 602 , the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 .
  • the infusion device 602 , the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 may include a display for presenting information or data to the user based on the sensor data received from the sensing arrangement 604 , such as, for example, a current glucose level of the user, a graph or chart of the user's glucose level versus time, device status indicators, alert messages, or the like.
  • the infusion device 602 , the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 may include electronics and software that are configured to analyze sensor data and operate the infusion device 602 to deliver fluid to the body of the user based on the sensor data and/or preprogrammed delivery routines.
  • one or more of the infusion device 602 , the sensing arrangement 604 , the CCD 606 , and/or the computer 608 includes a transmitter, a receiver, and/or other transceiver electronics that allow for communication with other components of the infusion system 600 , so that the sensing arrangement 604 may transmit sensor data or monitor data to one or more of the infusion device 602 , the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 .
  • the sensing arrangement 604 may be secured to the body of the user or embedded in the body of the user at a location that is remote from the location at which the infusion device 602 is secured to the body of the user. In various other embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 may be incorporated within the infusion device 602 . In other embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 may be separate and apart from the infusion device 602 , and may be, for example, part of the CCD 606 . In such embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 may be configured to receive a biological sample, analyte, or the like, to measure a condition of the user.
  • the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 may include electronics and other components configured to perform processing, delivery routine storage, and to control the infusion device 602 in a manner that is influenced by sensor data measured by and/or received from the sensing arrangement 604 .
  • the infusion device 602 may be made with more simplified electronics.
  • the infusion device 602 may include all control functions, and may operate without the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 .
  • the CCD 606 may be a portable electronic device.
  • the infusion device 602 and/or the sensing arrangement 604 may be configured to transmit data to the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 for display or processing of the data by the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 .
  • the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 may provide information to the user that facilitates the user's subsequent use of the infusion device 602 .
  • the CCD 606 may provide information to the user to allow the user to determine the rate or dose of medication to be administered into the user's body.
  • the CCD 606 may provide information to the infusion device 602 to autonomously control the rate or dose of medication administered into the body of the user.
  • the sensing arrangement 604 may be integrated into the CCD 606 . Such embodiments may allow the user to monitor a condition by providing, for example, a sample of his or her blood to the sensing arrangement 604 to assess his or her condition.
  • the sensing arrangement 604 and the CCD 606 may be used for determining glucose levels in the blood and/or body fluids of the user without the use of, or necessity of, a wire or cable connection between the infusion device 602 and the sensing arrangement 604 and/or the CCD 606 .
  • the sensing arrangement 604 and/or the infusion device 602 are cooperatively configured to utilize a closed-loop system for delivering fluid to the user.
  • a closed-loop system for delivering fluid to the user.
  • Examples of sensing devices and/or infusion pumps utilizing closed-loop systems may be found at, but are not limited to, the following U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,088,608, 6,119,028, 6,589,229, 6,740,072, 6,827,702, 7,323,142, and 7,402,153, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the sensing arrangement 604 is configured to sense or measure a condition of the user, such as, blood glucose level or the like.
  • the infusion device 602 is configured to deliver fluid in response to the condition sensed by the sensing arrangement 604 .
  • the sensing arrangement 604 continues to sense or otherwise quantify a current condition of the user, thereby allowing the infusion device 602 to deliver fluid continuously in response to the condition currently (or most recently) sensed by the sensing arrangement 604 indefinitely.
  • the sensing arrangement 604 and/or the infusion device 602 may be configured to utilize the closed-loop system only for a portion of the day, for example only when the user is asleep or awake.
  • FIGS. 7 - 9 depict one exemplary embodiment of a fluid infusion device 700 (or alternatively, infusion pump) suitable for use in an infusion system, such as, for example, as infusion device 602 in the infusion system 600 of FIG. 6 .
  • the fluid infusion device 700 is a portable medical device designed to be carried or worn by a patient (or user), and the fluid infusion device 700 may leverage any number of conventional features, components, elements, and characteristics of existing fluid infusion devices, such as, for example, some of the features, components, elements, and/or characteristics described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,485,465 and 7,621,893. It should be appreciated that FIGS. 7 - 9 depict some aspects of the infusion device 700 in a simplified manner; in practice, the infusion device 700 could include additional elements, features, or components that are not shown or described in detail herein.
  • the illustrated embodiment of the fluid infusion device 700 includes a housing 702 adapted to receive a fluid-containing reservoir 705 .
  • An opening 720 in the housing 702 accommodates a fitting 723 (or cap) for the reservoir 705 , with the fitting 723 being configured to mate or otherwise interface with tubing 721 of an infusion set 725 that provides a fluid path to/from the body of the user. In this manner, fluid communication from the interior of the reservoir 705 to the user is established via the tubing 721 .
  • the illustrated fluid infusion device 700 includes a human-machine interface (HMI) 730 (or user interface) that includes elements 732 , 734 that can be manipulated by the user to administer a bolus of fluid (e.g., insulin), to change therapy settings, to change user preferences, to select display features, and the like.
  • HMI human-machine interface
  • the infusion device also includes a display element 726 , such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) or another suitable display element, that can be used to present various types of information or data to the user, such as, without limitation: the current glucose level of the patient; the time; a graph or chart of the patient's glucose level versus time; device status indicators; etc.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • the housing 702 is formed from a substantially rigid material having a hollow interior 714 adapted to allow an electronics assembly 704 , a sliding member (or slide) 706 , a drive system 708 , a sensor assembly 710 , and a drive system capping member 712 to be disposed therein in addition to the reservoir 705 , with the contents of the housing 702 being enclosed by a housing capping member 716 .
  • the opening 720 , the slide 706 , and the drive system 708 are coaxially aligned in an axial direction (indicated by arrow 718 ), whereby the drive system 708 facilitates linear displacement of the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 to dispense fluid from the reservoir 705 (after the reservoir 705 has been inserted into opening 720 ), with the sensor assembly 710 being configured to measure axial forces (e.g., forces aligned with the axial direction 718 ) exerted on the sensor assembly 710 responsive to operating the drive system 708 to displace the slide 706 .
  • axial forces e.g., forces aligned with the axial direction 718
  • the sensor assembly 710 may be utilized to detect one or more of the following: an occlusion in a fluid path that slows, prevents, or otherwise degrades fluid delivery from the reservoir 705 to a user's body; when the reservoir 705 is empty; when the slide 706 is properly seated with the reservoir 705 ; when a fluid dose has been delivered; when the infusion pump 700 is subjected to shock or vibration; when the infusion pump 700 requires maintenance.
  • the fluid-containing reservoir 705 may be realized as a syringe, a vial, a cartridge, a bag, or the like.
  • the infused fluid is insulin, although many other fluids may be administered through infusion such as, but not limited to, HIV drugs, drugs to treat pulmonary hypertension, iron chelation drugs, pain medications, anti-cancer treatments, medications, vitamins, hormones, or the like.
  • the reservoir 705 typically includes a reservoir barrel 719 that contains the fluid and is concentrically and/or coaxially aligned with the slide 706 (e.g., in the axial direction 718 ) when the reservoir 705 is inserted into the infusion pump 700 .
  • the end of the reservoir 705 proximate the opening 720 may include or otherwise mate with the fitting 723 , which secures the reservoir 705 in the housing 702 and prevents displacement of the reservoir 705 in the axial direction 718 with respect to the housing 702 after the reservoir 705 is inserted into the housing 702 .
  • the fitting 723 extends from (or through) the opening 720 of the housing 702 and mates with tubing 721 to establish fluid communication from the interior of the reservoir 705 (e.g., reservoir barrel 719 ) to the user via the tubing 721 and infusion set 725 .
  • the opposing end of the reservoir 705 proximate the slide 706 includes a plunger 717 (or stopper) positioned to push fluid from inside the barrel 719 of the reservoir 705 along a fluid path through tubing 721 to a user.
  • the slide 706 is configured to mechanically couple or otherwise engage with the plunger 717 , thereby becoming seated with the plunger 717 and/or reservoir 705 .
  • Fluid is forced from the reservoir 705 via tubing 721 as the drive system 708 is operated to displace the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 toward the opening 720 in the housing 702 .
  • the drive system 708 includes a motor assembly 707 and a drive screw 709 .
  • the motor assembly 707 includes a motor that is coupled to drive train components of the drive system 708 that are configured to convert rotational motor motion to a translational displacement of the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 , and thereby engaging and displacing the plunger 717 of the reservoir 705 in the axial direction 718 .
  • the motor assembly 707 may also be powered to translate the slide 706 in the opposing direction (e.g., the direction opposite direction 718 ) to retract and/or detach from the reservoir 705 to allow the reservoir 705 to be replaced.
  • the motor assembly 707 includes a brushless DC (BLDC) motor having one or more permanent magnets mounted, affixed, or otherwise disposed on its rotor.
  • BLDC brushless DC
  • the motor may be realized as a solenoid motor, an AC motor, a stepper motor, a piezoelectric caterpillar drive, a shape memory actuator drive, an electrochemical gas cell, a thermally driven gas cell, a bimetallic actuator, or the like.
  • the drive train components may comprise one or more lead screws, cams, ratchets, jacks, pulleys, pawls, clamps, gears, nuts, slides, bearings, levers, beams, stoppers, plungers, sliders, brackets, guides, bearings, supports, bellows, caps, diaphragms, bags, heaters, or the like.
  • the illustrated embodiment of the infusion pump utilizes a coaxially aligned drive train
  • the motor could be arranged in an offset or otherwise non-coaxial manner, relative to the longitudinal axis of the reservoir 705 .
  • the drive screw 709 mates with threads 902 internal to the slide 706 .
  • the motor assembly 707 is powered and operated, the drive screw 709 rotates, and the slide 706 is forced to translate in the axial direction 718 .
  • the infusion pump 700 includes a sleeve 711 to prevent the slide 706 from rotating when the drive screw 709 of the drive system 708 rotates.
  • rotation of the drive screw 709 causes the slide 706 to extend or retract relative to the drive motor assembly 707 .
  • the slide 706 contacts the plunger 717 to engage the reservoir 705 and control delivery of fluid from the infusion pump 700 .
  • the shoulder portion 715 of the slide 706 contacts or otherwise engages the plunger 717 to displace the plunger 717 in the axial direction 718 .
  • the slide 706 may include a threaded tip 713 capable of being detachably engaged with internal threads 904 on the plunger 717 of the reservoir 705 , as described in detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,248,093 and 6,485,465, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • the electronics assembly 704 includes control electronics 724 coupled to the display element 726 , with the housing 702 including a transparent window portion 728 that is aligned with the display element 726 to allow the display 726 to be viewed by the user when the electronics assembly 704 is disposed within the interior 714 of the housing 702 .
  • the control electronics 724 generally represent the hardware, firmware, processing logic and/or software (or combinations thereof) configured to control operation of the motor assembly 707 and/or drive system 708 , as described in greater detail below in the context of FIG. 10 . Whether such functionality is implemented as hardware, firmware, a state machine, or software depends upon the particular application and design constraints imposed on the embodiment.
  • control electronics 724 includes one or more programmable controllers that may be programmed to control operation of the infusion pump 700 .
  • the motor assembly 707 includes one or more electrical leads 736 adapted to be electrically coupled to the electronics assembly 704 to establish communication between the control electronics 724 and the motor assembly 707 .
  • a motor driver e.g., a power converter
  • the motor actuates the drive train components of the drive system 708 to displace the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 to force fluid from the reservoir 705 along a fluid path (including tubing 721 and an infusion set), thereby administering doses of the fluid contained in the reservoir 705 into the user's body.
  • the power supply is realized one or more batteries contained within the housing 702 .
  • the power supply may be a solar panel, capacitor, AC or DC power supplied through a power cord, or the like.
  • the control electronics 724 may operate the motor of the motor assembly 707 and/or drive system 708 in a stepwise manner, typically on an intermittent basis; to administer discrete precise doses of the fluid to the user according to programmed delivery profiles.
  • the user interface 730 includes HMI elements, such as buttons 732 and a directional pad 734 , that are formed on a graphic keypad overlay 731 that overlies a keypad assembly 733 , which includes features corresponding to the buttons 732 , directional pad 734 or other user interface items indicated by the graphic keypad overlay 731 .
  • HMI elements such as buttons 732 and a directional pad 734 , that are formed on a graphic keypad overlay 731 that overlies a keypad assembly 733 , which includes features corresponding to the buttons 732 , directional pad 734 or other user interface items indicated by the graphic keypad overlay 731 .
  • the keypad assembly 733 When assembled, the keypad assembly 733 is coupled to the control electronics 724 , thereby allowing the HMI elements 732 , 734 to be manipulated by the user to interact with the control electronics 724 and control operation of the infusion pump 700 , for example, to administer a bolus of insulin, to change therapy settings, to change user preferences, to select display features, to set or disable alarms and reminders, and the like.
  • the control electronics 724 maintains and/or provides information to the display 726 regarding program parameters, delivery profiles, pump operation, alarms, warnings, statuses, or the like, which may be adjusted using the HMI elements 732 , 734 .
  • the HMI elements 732 , 734 may be realized as physical objects (e.g., buttons, knobs, joysticks, and the like) or virtual objects (e.g., using touch-sensing and/or proximity-sensing technologies).
  • the display 726 may be realized as a touch screen or touch-sensitive display, and in such embodiments, the features and/or functionality of the HMI elements 732 , 734 may be integrated into the display 726 and the HMI 730 may not be present.
  • the electronics assembly 704 may also include alert generating elements coupled to the control electronics 724 and suitably configured to generate one or more types of feedback, such as, without limitation: audible feedback; visual feedback; haptic (physical) feedback; or the like.
  • the sensor assembly 710 includes a back plate structure 750 and a loading element 760 .
  • the loading element 760 is disposed between the capping member 712 and a beam structure 770 that includes one or more beams having sensing elements disposed thereon that are influenced by compressive force applied to the sensor assembly 710 that deflects the one or more beams, as described in greater detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,474,332, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the back plate structure 750 is affixed, adhered, mounted, or otherwise mechanically coupled to the bottom surface 738 of the drive system 708 such that the back plate structure 750 resides between the bottom surface 738 of the drive system 708 and the housing cap 716 .
  • the drive system capping member 712 is contoured to accommodate and conform to the bottom of the sensor assembly 710 and the drive system 708 .
  • the drive system capping member 712 may be affixed to the interior of the housing 702 to prevent displacement of the sensor assembly 710 in the direction opposite the direction of force provided by the drive system 708 (e.g., the direction opposite direction 718 ).
  • the sensor assembly 710 is positioned between the motor assembly 707 and secured by the capping member 712 , which prevents displacement of the sensor assembly 710 in a downward direction opposite the direction of arrow 718 , such that the sensor assembly 710 is subjected to a reactionary compressive force when the drive system 708 and/or motor assembly 707 is operated to displace the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 in opposition to the fluid pressure in the reservoir 705 .
  • the compressive force applied to the sensor assembly 710 is correlated with the fluid pressure in the reservoir 705 .
  • electrical leads 740 are adapted to electrically couple the sensing elements of the sensor assembly 710 to the electronics assembly 704 to establish communication to the control electronics 724 , wherein the control electronics 724 are configured to measure, receive, or otherwise obtain electrical signals from the sensing elements of the sensor assembly 710 that are indicative of the force applied by the drive system 708 in the axial direction 718 .
  • FIG. 10 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a control system 1000 suitable for use with an infusion device 1002 , such as any one of the infusion devices 202 , 602 , 700 described above.
  • the control system 1000 is capable of controlling or otherwise regulating a physiological condition in the body 1001 of a user to a desired (or target) value or otherwise maintain the condition within a range of acceptable values in an automated or autonomous manner.
  • the condition being regulated is sensed, detected, measured or otherwise quantified by a sensing arrangement 1004 (e.g., sensing arrangement 604 ) communicatively coupled to the infusion device 1002 .
  • a sensing arrangement 1004 e.g., sensing arrangement 604
  • the condition being regulated by the control system 1000 may be correlative to the measured values obtained by the sensing arrangement 1004 . That said, for clarity and purposes of explanation, the subject matter may be described herein in the context of the sensing arrangement 1004 being realized as a glucose sensing arrangement that senses, detects, measures or otherwise quantifies the user's glucose level, which is being regulated in the body 1001 of the user by the control system 1000 .
  • the sensing arrangement 1004 includes one or more interstitial glucose sensing elements that generate or otherwise output electrical signals having a signal characteristic that is correlative to, influenced by, or otherwise indicative of the relative interstitial fluid glucose level in the body 1001 of the user.
  • the output electrical signals are filtered or otherwise processed to obtain a measurement value indicative of the user's interstitial fluid glucose level.
  • a blood glucose meter 1030 such as a finger stick device, is utilized to directly sense, detect, measure or otherwise quantify the blood glucose in the body 1001 of the user.
  • the blood glucose meter 1030 outputs or otherwise provides a measured blood glucose value that may be utilized as a reference measurement for calibrating the sensing arrangement 1004 and converting a measurement value indicative of the user's interstitial fluid glucose level into a corresponding calibrated blood glucose value.
  • the calibrated blood glucose value calculated based on the electrical signals output by the sensing element(s) of the sensing arrangement 1004 may alternatively be referred to herein as the sensor glucose value, the sensed glucose value, or variants thereof.
  • the pump control system 1020 generally represents the electronics and other components of the infusion device 1002 that control operation of the fluid infusion device 1002 according to a desired infusion delivery program in a manner that is influenced by the sensed glucose value indicative of a current glucose level in the body 1001 of the user.
  • the pump control system 1020 maintains, receives, or otherwise obtains a target or commanded glucose value, and automatically generates or otherwise determines dosage commands for operating an actuation arrangement, such as a motor 1007 , to displace the plunger 1017 and deliver insulin to the body 1001 of the user based on the difference between a sensed glucose value and the target glucose value.
  • the pump control system 1020 may generate or otherwise determine dosage commands configured to maintain the sensed glucose value below an upper glucose limit, above a lower glucose limit, or otherwise within a desired range of glucose values.
  • the infusion device 1002 may store or otherwise maintain the target value, upper and/or lower glucose limit(s), and/or other glucose threshold value(s) in a data storage element accessible to the pump control system 1020 .
  • the target glucose value and other threshold glucose values may be received from an external component (e.g., CCD 606 and/or computing device 608 ) or be input by a user via a user interface element 1040 associated with the infusion device 1002 .
  • the one or more user interface element(s) 1040 associated with the infusion device 1002 typically include at least one input user interface element, such as, for example, a button, a keypad, a keyboard, a knob, a joystick, a mouse, a touch panel, a touchscreen, a microphone or another audio input device, and/or the like.
  • the one or more user interface element(s) 1040 include at least one output user interface element, such as, for example, a display element (e.g., a light-emitting diode or the like), a display device (e.g., a liquid crystal display or the like), a speaker or another audio output device, a haptic feedback device, or the like, for providing notifications or other information to the user.
  • a display element e.g., a light-emitting diode or the like
  • a display device e.g., a liquid crystal display or the like
  • speaker or another audio output device e.g., a speaker or another audio output device, a haptic feedback device, or the like
  • one or more user interface element(s) 1040 are integrated with the sensing arrangement 1004 in addition to and/or in alternative to the user interface element(s) 1040 integrated with the infusion device 1002 .
  • the user interface element(s) 1040 may be manipulated by the user to operate the infusion device 1002 to deliver correction boluses, adjust target and/or threshold values, modify the delivery control scheme or operating mode, and the like, as desired.
  • the infusion device 1002 includes a motor control module 1012 coupled to a motor 1007 (e.g., motor assembly 707 ) that is operable to displace a plunger 1017 (e.g., plunger 717 ) in a reservoir (e.g., reservoir 705 ) and provide a desired amount of fluid to the body 1001 of a user.
  • a motor 1007 e.g., motor assembly 707
  • a plunger 1017 e.g., plunger 717
  • a reservoir e.g., reservoir 705
  • displacement of the plunger 1017 results in the delivery of a fluid that is capable of influencing the condition in the body 1001 of the user to the body 1001 of the user via a fluid delivery path (e.g., via tubing 721 of an infusion set 725 ).
  • a motor driver module 1014 is coupled between an energy source 1003 and the motor 1007 .
  • the motor control module 1012 is coupled to the motor driver module 1014 , and the motor control module 1012 generates or otherwise provides command signals that operate the motor driver module 1014 to provide current (or power) from the energy source 1003 to the motor 1007 to displace the plunger 1017 in response to receiving, from a pump control system 1020 , a dosage command indicative of the desired amount of fluid to be delivered.
  • the energy source 1003 is realized as a battery housed within the infusion device 1002 (e.g., within housing 702 ) that provides direct current (DC) power.
  • the motor driver module 1014 generally represents the combination of circuitry, hardware and/or other electrical components configured to convert or otherwise transfer DC power provided by the energy source 1003 into alternating electrical signals applied to respective phases of the stator windings of the motor 1007 that result in current flowing through the stator windings that generates a stator magnetic field and causes the rotor of the motor 1007 to rotate.
  • the motor control module 1012 is configured to receive or otherwise obtain a commanded dosage from the pump control system 1020 , convert the commanded dosage to a commanded translational displacement of the plunger 1017 , and command, signal, or otherwise operate the motor driver module 1014 to cause the rotor of the motor 1007 to rotate by an amount that produces the commanded translational displacement of the plunger 1017 .
  • the motor control module 1012 may determine an amount of rotation of the rotor required to produce translational displacement of the plunger 1017 that achieves the commanded dosage received from the pump control system 1020 .
  • the motor control module 1012 determines the appropriate sequence of alternating electrical signals to be applied to the respective phases of the stator windings that should rotate the rotor by the determined amount of rotation from its current position (or orientation).
  • the alternating electrical signals commutate the respective phases of the stator windings at the appropriate orientation of the rotor magnetic poles with respect to the stator and in the appropriate order to provide a rotating stator magnetic field that rotates the rotor in the desired direction.
  • the motor control module 1012 operates the motor driver module 1014 to apply the determined alternating electrical signals (e.g., the command signals) to the stator windings of the motor 1007 to achieve the desired delivery of fluid to the user.
  • the motor control module 1012 When the motor control module 1012 is operating the motor driver module 1014 , current flows from the energy source 1003 through the stator windings of the motor 1007 to produce a stator magnetic field that interacts with the rotor magnetic field. In some embodiments, after the motor control module 1012 operates the motor driver module 1014 and/or motor 1007 to achieve the commanded dosage, the motor control module 1012 ceases operating the motor driver module 1014 and/or motor 1007 until a subsequent dosage command is received. In this regard, the motor driver module 1014 and the motor 1007 enter an idle state during which the motor driver module 1014 effectively disconnects or isolates the stator windings of the motor 1007 from the energy source 1003 . In other words, current does not flow from the energy source 1003 through the stator windings of the motor 1007 when the motor 1007 is idle, and thus, the motor 1007 does not consume power from the energy source 1003 in the idle state, thereby improving efficiency.
  • the motor control module 1012 may be implemented or realized with a general-purpose processor, a microprocessor, a controller, a microcontroller, a state machine, a content addressable memory, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array, any suitable programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof, designed to perform the functions described herein.
  • the motor control module 1012 includes or otherwise accesses a data storage element or memory, including any sort of random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), flash memory, registers, hard disks, removable disks, magnetic or optical mass storage, or any other short or long-term storage media or other non-transitory computer-readable medium, which is capable of storing programming instructions for execution by the motor control module 1012 .
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read only memory
  • flash memory registers, hard disks, removable disks, magnetic or optical mass storage, or any other short or long-term storage media or other non-transitory computer-readable medium, which is capable of storing programming instructions for execution by the motor control module 1012 .
  • the computer-executable programming instructions when read and executed by the motor control module 1012 , cause the motor control module 1012 to perform or otherwise support the tasks, operations, functions, and processes described herein.
  • FIG. 10 is a simplified representation of the infusion device 1002 for purposes of explanation and is not intended to limit the subject matter described herein in any way.
  • some features and/or functionality of the sensing arrangement 1004 may be implemented by or otherwise integrated into the pump control system 1020 , or vice versa.
  • the features and/or functionality of the motor control module 1012 may be implemented by or otherwise integrated into the pump control system 1020 , or vice versa.
  • the features and/or functionality of the pump control system 1020 may be implemented by control electronics 724 located in the fluid infusion device 700 , while in alternative embodiments, the pump control system 1020 may be implemented by a remote computing device that is physically distinct and/or separate from the infusion device 1002 , such as, for example, the CCD 606 or the computing device 608 .
  • FIG. 11 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a pump control system 1100 suitable for use as the pump control system 1020 in FIG. 10 in accordance with one or more embodiments.
  • the illustrated pump control system 1100 includes, without limitation, a pump control module 1102 , a communications interface 1104 , and a data storage element (or memory) 1106 .
  • the pump control module 1102 is coupled to the communications interface 1104 and the memory 1106 , and the pump control module 1102 is suitably configured to support the operations, tasks, and/or processes described herein.
  • the pump control module 1102 is also coupled to one or more user interface elements 1108 (e.g., user interface 730 , 1040 ) for receiving user input and providing notifications, alerts, or other therapy information to the user.
  • user interface elements 1108 e.g., user interface 730 , 1040
  • FIG. 11 depicts the user interface element 1108 as being separate from the pump control system 1100
  • the user interface element 1108 may be integrated with the pump control system 1100 (e.g., as part of the infusion device 700 , 1002 ), the sensing arrangement 1004 or another element of an infusion system 600 (e.g., the computer 608 or CCD 606 ).
  • the communications interface 1104 generally represents the hardware, circuitry, logic, firmware and/or other components of the pump control system 1100 that are coupled to the pump control module 1102 and configured to support communications between the pump control system 1100 and the sensing arrangement 1004 .
  • the communications interface 1104 may include or otherwise be coupled to one or more transceiver modules capable of supporting wireless communications between the pump control system 1020 , 1100 and the sensing arrangement 1004 or another electronic device 206 , 210 , 500 , 512 , 606 , 608 in an infusion system 600 or a management system 200 , 516 .
  • the communications interface 1104 may be utilized to receive sensor measurement values or other measurement data from a sensing arrangement 604 , 1004 as well as upload such sensor measurement values to a server 206 or other computing device 210 , 500 , 512 , 1008 for purposes of generating a report including a snapshot GUI display as described above in the context of FIGS. 1 - 6 .
  • the communications interface 1104 may be configured to support wired communications to/from the sensing arrangement 1004 .
  • the pump control module 1102 generally represents the hardware, circuitry, logic, firmware and/or other component of the pump control system 1100 that is coupled to the communications interface 1104 and configured to determine dosage commands for operating the motor 1007 to deliver fluid to the body 1001 based on data received from the sensing arrangement 1004 and perform various additional tasks, operations, functions and/or operations described herein.
  • pump control module 1102 implements or otherwise executes a command generation application 1110 that supports one or more autonomous operating modes and calculates or otherwise determines dosage commands for operating the motor 1007 of the infusion device 1002 in an autonomous operating mode based at least in part on a current measurement value for a condition in the body 1001 of the user.
  • the command generation application 1110 may determine a dosage command for operating the motor 1007 to deliver insulin to the body 1001 of the user based at least in part on the current glucose measurement value most recently received from the sensing arrangement 1004 to regulate the user's blood glucose level to a target reference glucose value. Additionally, the command generation application 610 may generate dosage commands for boluses that are manually-initiated or otherwise instructed by a user via a user interface element 1108 .
  • the pump control module 1102 may be implemented or realized with a general purpose processor, a microprocessor, a controller, a microcontroller, a state machine, a content addressable memory, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array, any suitable programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof, designed to perform the functions described herein.
  • the steps of a method or algorithm described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein may be embodied directly in hardware, in firmware, in a software module executed by the pump control module 1102 , or in any practical combination thereof.
  • the pump control module 1102 includes or otherwise accesses the data storage element or memory 1106 , which may be realized using any sort of non-transitory computer-readable medium capable of storing programming instructions for execution by the pump control module 1102 .
  • the computer-executable programming instructions when read and executed by the pump control module 1102 , cause the pump control module 1102 to implement or otherwise generate the command generation application 1110 and perform the tasks, operations, functions, and processes described in greater detail below.
  • FIG. 11 is a simplified representation of a pump control system 1100 for purposes of explanation and is not intended to limit the subject matter described herein in any way.
  • the features and/or functionality of the motor control module 1012 may be implemented by or otherwise integrated into the pump control system 1100 and/or the pump control module 1102 , for example, by the command generation application 1110 converting the dosage command into a corresponding motor command, in which case, the separate motor control module 1012 may be absent from an embodiment of the infusion device 1002 .
  • FIG. 12 depicts an exemplary closed-loop control system 1200 that may be implemented by a pump control system 1020 , 1100 to provide a closed-loop operating mode that autonomously regulates a condition in the body of a user to a reference (or target) value. It should be appreciated that FIG. 12 is a simplified representation of the control system 1200 for purposes of explanation and is not intended to limit the subject matter described herein in any way.
  • the control system 1200 receives or otherwise obtains a target glucose value at input 1202 .
  • the target glucose value may be stored or otherwise maintained by the infusion device 1002 (e.g., in memory 1106 ), however, in some alternative embodiments, the target value may be received from an external component (e.g., CCD 606 and/or computer 608 ).
  • the target glucose value may be dynamically calculated or otherwise determined prior to entering the closed-loop operating mode based on one or more patient-specific control parameters.
  • the target blood glucose value may be calculated based at least in part on a patient-specific reference basal rate and a patient-specific daily insulin requirement, which are determined based on historical delivery information over a preceding interval of time (e.g., the amount of insulin delivered over the preceding 24 hours).
  • the control system 1200 also receives or otherwise obtains a current glucose measurement value (e.g., the most recently obtained sensor glucose value) from the sensing arrangement 1004 at input 1204 .
  • the illustrated control system 1200 implements or otherwise provides proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control to determine or otherwise generate delivery commands for operating the motor 1007 based at least in part on the difference between the target glucose value and the current glucose measurement value.
  • PID proportional-integral-derivative
  • the PID control attempts to minimize the difference between the measured value and the target value, and thereby regulates the measured value to the desired value.
  • PID control parameters are applied to the difference between the target glucose level at input 1202 and the measured glucose level at input 1204 to generate or otherwise determine a dosage (or delivery) command provided at output 1230 .
  • the motor control module 1012 operates the motor 1007 to deliver insulin to the body of the user to influence the user's glucose level, and thereby reduce the difference between a subsequently measured glucose level and the target glucose level.
  • the illustrated control system 1200 includes or otherwise implements a summation block 1206 configured to determine a difference between the target value obtained at input 1202 and the measured value obtained from the sensing arrangement 1004 at input 1204 , for example, by subtracting the target value from the measured value.
  • the output of the summation block 1206 represents the difference between the measured and target values, which is then provided to each of a proportional term path, an integral term path, and a derivative term path.
  • the proportional term path includes a gain block 1220 that multiplies the difference by a proportional gain coefficient, Kp, to obtain the proportional term.
  • the integral term path includes an integration block 1208 that integrates the difference and a gain block 1222 that multiplies the integrated difference by an integral gain coefficient, to obtain the integral term.
  • the derivative term path includes a derivative block 1210 that determines the derivative of the difference and a gain block 1224 that multiplies the derivative of the difference by a derivative gain coefficient, KD, to obtain the derivative term.
  • the proportional term, the integral term, and the derivative term are then added or otherwise combined to obtain a delivery command that is utilized to operate the motor at output 1230 .
  • Various implementation details pertaining to closed-loop PID control and determine gain coefficients are described in greater detail in U.S. Pat. No. 7,402,153, which is incorporated by reference.
  • the PID gain coefficients are user-specific (or patient-specific) and dynamically calculated or otherwise determined prior to entering the closed-loop operating mode based on historical insulin delivery information (e.g., amounts and/or timings of previous dosages, historical correction bolus information, or the like), historical sensor measurement values, historical reference blood glucose measurement values, user-reported or user-input events (e.g., meals, exercise, and the like), and the like.
  • historical insulin delivery information e.g., amounts and/or timings of previous dosages, historical correction bolus information, or the like
  • historical sensor measurement values e.g., blood glucose measurement values
  • user-reported or user-input events e.g., meals, exercise, and the like
  • one or more patient-specific control parameters may be utilized to compensate, correct, or otherwise adjust the PID gain coefficients to account for various operating conditions experienced and/or exhibited by the infusion device 1002 .
  • the PID gain coefficients may be maintained by the memory 1106 accessible to the pump control module 1102 .
  • the memory 1106 may include a plurality of registers associated with the control parameters for the PID control.
  • a first parameter register may store the target glucose value and be accessed by or otherwise coupled to the summation block 1206 at input 1202
  • a second parameter register accessed by the proportional gain block 1220 may store the proportional gain coefficient
  • a third parameter register accessed by the integration gain block 1222 may store the integration gain coefficient
  • a fourth parameter register accessed by the derivative gain block 1224 may store the derivative gain coefficient.
  • At least one of the detected event patterns presented in a snapshot GUI display is analyzed to determine one or more recommended remedial actions for addressing the detected event pattern.
  • recommended modifications or adjustments to the patient's current therapy regimen may be determined and indicated on the snapshot GUI display.
  • logic rules or formula are maintained and utilized to determine how the patient's current therapy regimen should be modified given the patient's current therapy configuration, the patient's physiological condition, the event pattern type, and potentially other patient-specific variables or factors (e.g., the monitoring period associated with the event pattern, the severity or frequency of events, and the like).
  • the recommended remedial actions may vary depending on the patient's current therapy regimen and dosages, the patient's A1C or glucose levels, the type of event pattern detected, and so on.
  • FIG. 13 depicts an exemplary recommendation process 1300 suitable for implementation by a patient management system in connection with one or more of the presentation processes 300 , 400 described above to provide recommended therapeutic remedial actions for resolving, correcting, or otherwise mitigating an event pattern presented on a GUI display, such as snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 .
  • the various tasks performed in connection with the recommendation process 1300 may be performed by hardware, firmware, software executed by processing circuitry, or any combination thereof. For illustrative purposes, the following description refers to elements mentioned above in connection with FIG. 2 .
  • portions of the recommendation process 1300 may be performed by different elements of the patient management system 200 , such as, for example, the infusion device 202 , the sensing arrangement 204 , the server 206 , the database 208 , the client device 210 , the client application 212 , and/or the processing system 216 .
  • the recommendation process 1300 may include any number of additional or alternative tasks, the tasks need not be performed in the illustrated order and/or the tasks may be performed concurrently, and/or the recommendation process 1300 may be incorporated into a more comprehensive procedure or process having additional functionality not described in detail herein.
  • one or more of the tasks shown and described in the context of FIG. 13 could be omitted from a practical embodiment of the recommendation process 1300 as long as the intended overall functionality remains intact.
  • the recommendation process 1300 initializes or begins by identifying or otherwise determining the event pattern to be analyzed for recommending therapeutic remedial actions (task 1302 ). In one or more exemplary embodiments, only the highest priority event pattern from among the prioritized event patterns is identified for analysis. In this regard, remedial actions that may be taken by a patient or user to mitigate or otherwise address the highest priority event pattern could also influence or resolve the lower priority event patterns, and hence, providing multiple different recommended therapeutic remedial actions for multiple different event patterns could be unnecessary and confusing.
  • each of the prioritized event patterns displayed on a GUI display may be identified and analyzed by the recommendation process 1300 to provide multiple different options for therapy modifications that could be undertaken.
  • the recommendation process 1300 may be triggered or initiated by user selection of a particular event pattern for analysis (e.g., from within the event pattern analysis region or another GUI display), whereby the event pattern whose selection triggered the recommendation process 1300 is identified as the event pattern for analysis.
  • the recommendation process 1300 continues by identifying, obtaining or otherwise determining physiological information associated with the patient (task 1304 ).
  • the server 206 obtains or calculates physiological information associated with the patient, such as, for example, the estimated A1C (or alternatively, glycohemoglobin or glycated hemoglobin) level calculated based on the sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period, the average sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period, the average reference blood glucose measurement values (e.g., from a blood glucose meter) over the snapshot time period, and the like.
  • the server 206 may obtain the patient physiological information from the database 208 and/or infusion device 202 , or the server 206 may obtain historical sensor measurements from the database 208 and/or infusion device 202 and utilize the obtained historical measurements to calculate the physiological information associated with the patient for the snapshot time period.
  • the recommendation process 1300 also identifies, obtains or otherwise determines current therapeutic information for the patient (task 1306 ).
  • the recommendation process 1300 identified or determines the current medications, dosages, types of therapy, and other therapeutic settings or configurations associated with the patient.
  • the database 208 may maintain a patient profile or similar record or entry that maintains an association between one or more patient identifiers and the current therapy assigned or associated with the patient, including, the current medications prescribed to the patient, the type or manner of administration (e.g., basal infusion, boluses or manual injections, oral administration, or the like), the number and/or amount of dosages prescribed to the patient, and potentially other information characterizing the current therapy associated with the patient.
  • the patient profile in the database 208 may also include other clinical or physiological data associated with the patient that may influence suggested or recommended therapy modifications, such as, for example, the patient's height, weight, cholesterol levels, blood pressure, activity metrics or data, sleep quality data, and the like.
  • the current therapy information may be stored or maintained at one of the infusion device 202 and the client device 210 and retrieved by the server 206 via the network 214 .
  • the recommendation process 1300 continues by identifying or otherwise obtaining therapeutic modification logic associated with the identified event pattern and corresponding to the physiological condition of the patient and current patient therapy (task 1308 ).
  • the database 208 maintains one or more tables or lists of logic rules for determining therapy adjustments or modifications in association with a particular combination of event pattern, medications involved in the patient's therapy, and the patient's physiological condition.
  • different types of adjustments or modifications may be indicated for a particular event pattern, depending on the particular physiological condition of the patient.
  • an event pattern could potentially be resolved by increasing or decreasing a dosage of a particular medication rather than adding or removing a medication to the patient's therapy, depending on the estimated A1C level and/or the mean sensor glucose level for the patient.
  • adjustments or modifications may be indicated (or not indicated) for a particular event pattern based on the patient's specific glycemic goals or other objectives that may be established by the patient's healthcare provider, or whether or not such goals or objectives have already been achieved.
  • the server 206 accesses the database 208 (or alternatively another device 202 , 210 via the network 214 ) to retrieve the corresponding therapy modification logic rules associated with the identified event pattern and corresponding to the combination of the detected event pattern, combination of medications, and the patient's physiological condition.
  • the recommendation process 1300 continues by determining one or more therapeutic modifications for mitigating, resolving, or otherwise addressing the event pattern by applying the obtained therapy modification logic rules using the patient's current therapy configuration and physiological condition (task 1310 ).
  • the server 206 applies the obtained therapy modification logic rules associated with the event pattern to the current dosages associated with the patient's current therapy to determine recommended therapy modifications for mitigating, resolving, or otherwise addressing the event pattern. For example, if the current dosage of a particular medication or combination of medications is less than a threshold dosage (e.g., one half of the maximum dosage), then the therapy modification logic rules may identify or otherwise indicate an amount by which a particular medication should be increased.
  • a threshold dosage e.g., one half of the maximum dosage
  • the therapy modification logic rules may identify or otherwise indicate another medication that should be added to the patient's therapy.
  • the therapy modification logic rules may identify or otherwise indicate which of the medications should have its dosage adjusted when the combined dosage is less than a threshold for the combined medications.
  • the therapy modification logic rules utilized by the recommendation process 1300 may also consider patient physiological information, such as, for example, sensor glucose measurement values or one or more performance metrics calculated based on the historical measurement data for the patient.
  • a recommended therapy modification could be influenced by one or more of the estimated A1C level calculated based on sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period or the estimated percentage(s) of the snapshot time period during which the patient's sensor glucose measurement values were above an upper glucose threshold value (e.g., 150 mg/dL), below a lower glucose threshold value (e.g., 70 mg/dL), or between the upper and lower glucose threshold values corresponding to a target sensor glucose range.
  • the recommended therapy modification chosen or selected by the recommendation process 1300 may be one that is likely to resolve, mitigate, or otherwise address the identified event pattern, while secondarily being most likely to improve one or more performance metrics or other aspects of regulating the patient's physiological condition.
  • the recommendation process 1300 may also account for other patient-specific variables which may be stored or otherwise maintained in association with the patient's profile or electronic medical record in the database 208 .
  • the patient's A1C goal, previous therapies, allergies and drug intolerances, information characterizing the patient's renal function, information characterizing the patient's hepatic function, and the like may be stored in the database 208 and factored in or otherwise accounted for by the therapy modification logic rules.
  • the recommended therapeutic remedial actions identified by the recommendation process 1300 may be the most appropriate actions for addressing the identified event pattern, accounting for the patient's physiological condition or glycemic issues, goals or objectives, allergies and drug intolerances, and potentially other clinical variables.
  • Table 1 represents an exemplary set of therapy modification logic rules that may be maintained in a database 208 . It should be noted that Table 1 merely depicts one particular example of therapy modification logic rules for dual combination therapies with a particular A1C level for a particular event pattern, and in practice, the database 208 may maintain any number of different tables to variously accommodate any number of potential event patterns that may be detected, in combination with any number of potential therapy configurations and dosages (including treatment na ⁇ ve or na ⁇ ve therapy, monotherapy, and the like), in association with different A1C levels, glucose levels, or other glycemic statuses.
  • the therapy modification logic rule tables may be stablished or promulgated by a regulatory agency, however, in alternative embodiments, the therapy modification logic rules may be configurable or otherwise specific to a particular doctor, hospital, or other care provider. Accordingly, the subject matter described herein is not limited to the example therapy modification logic rules of Table 1.
  • Table 1 depicts therapy modification logic rules associated with a hyperglycemic event pattern associated with a post-meal monitoring period for estimated A1C levels below a threshold value of 9%.
  • the logic rules depend on the particular dual combination therapy that the patient it utilizing (e.g., any two of Metformin (Met), a dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (DPP-4) inhibitor, a glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) receptor agonist, Sulfonylurea or glinide (SU/glinide), Thiazolidenedione (TZD), a sodium-glucose co-transporter 2 (SGLT-2) inhibitor, or basal insulin), and whether or not the current dosage information is less than one half of the maximum dosage associated with the particular dual combination therapy.
  • Met Metformin
  • DPP-4 dipeptidyl peptidase 4
  • GLP-1 glucagon-like peptide-1
  • ZD Thiazolidenedione
  • SGLT-2 sodium-gluco
  • a therapeutic modification of increasing the dosage of the DPP-4 inhibitor may be identified and recommended or otherwise indicated on a snapshot GUI display for the patient.
  • a patient with a current therapy configuration of Metformin and Thiazolidenedione (Met+TZD) with a current dosage less than one half the maximum dosage of the dual combination therapeutic modifications of adding one of a DPP-4 inhibitor, a GLP-1 receptor agonist, a SGLT-2 inhibitor, an alpha-glucosidase inhibitor (AGI), or pre-meal rapid-acting insulin may be identified and recommended or otherwise indicated on a snapshot GUI display for the patient, thereby allowing the patient, doctor, nurse, or other clinician to readily identify the need to increase medications and which options are likely to be best for the patient given the patient's current therapy configuration.
  • AGI alpha-glucosidase inhibitor
  • the recommendation process 1300 after determining the recommended modifications to the patient's current therapy configuration, the recommendation process 1300 generates or otherwise provides graphical indicia of the recommended therapy changes in graphical association with the identified event pattern (task 1312 ).
  • the server 206 generates recommended therapy modifications when populating the event pattern analysis region associated with the identified event, for example, by displaying recommended therapy modifications for the highest priority event pattern in its associated event pattern analysis region of the pattern guidance display.
  • the server 206 generates or otherwise provides the recommended therapy modifications in response to selection of a particular event pattern for analysis (e.g., from within the event pattern analysis region).
  • the graphical indicia of a recommended therapy modification may be realized as a graphical representation or depiction of text stored in the database 208 (e.g., in association with the therapy modification logic rules, in association the therapy configuration for which the recommended therapy modification is an option, or the like).
  • FIG. 14 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a snapshot GUI display 1400 (or report) that may be presented on a display device associated with an electronic device, such as the client device 210 , in connection with the recommendation process 1300 of FIG. 13 .
  • the snapshot GUI display 1400 includes a pattern detection region 1406 including a plurality of pattern guidance displays 1420 , 1430 , 1440 corresponding to patterns of events identified during the snapshot time period based on the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the snapshot time period.
  • the highest prioritized detected event pattern a variability event associated with the overnight time period, is identified by the recommendation process 1300 for recommending therapy modifications capable of addressing the overnight variability event given the patient's current therapy.
  • the server 206 accesses the database 208 using the patient's identification information to identify the current therapy configuration for the patient (500 milligrams of metformin twice daily and basal insulin in the evening) and obtain the therapy modification logic rules associated with the dual combination therapy of metformin and basal insulin.
  • the obtained therapy modification logic rules also correspond to the patient's estimated A1C level for the snapshot time period.
  • the server 206 selecting the therapy modification logic rules associated with A1C levels below the threshold value based on the patient's estimated A1C level for the snapshot time period of 5.7%.
  • the server 206 Based on the obtained therapy modification rules and the patient's current dosages, the server 206 identifies a recommended therapy modification of reducing the basal insulin dosage to address the overnight variability event.
  • the server 206 may identify a modification to the dosage or delivery rate of insulin to be delivered by the infusion device 202 during future instances of the monitoring period associated with the highest prioritized detected event pattern (e.g., the basal dosage during the overnight time period).
  • one or more autonomous operating modes supported by the infusion device 202 may be modified, adjusted, or otherwise reconfigured to autonomously regulate the condition of the patient in accordance with the recommended dosage modification in response to a user input.
  • the patient or other user could then interact with the infusion device 202 (e.g., by manipulating user interface 1040 ) to reprogram or reconfigure one or more parameters, limits, targets, set points, or other settings associated with the control scheme or algorithm implemented by the infusion device 202 to achieve the modified dosage when autonomously regulating the patient's glucose level during the time of day corresponding to the monitoring period associated with the detected event pattern (e.g., during overnight closed-loop operation).
  • the infusion device 202 e.g., by manipulating user interface 1040 to reprogram or reconfigure one or more parameters, limits, targets, set points, or other settings associated with the control scheme or algorithm implemented by the infusion device 202 to achieve the modified dosage when autonomously regulating the patient's glucose level during the time of day corresponding to the monitoring period associated with the detected event pattern (e.g., during overnight closed-loop operation).
  • the overnight basal infusion rate setting of the infusion device 202 may be reduced by the corresponding percentage, or the amount of insulin injected at bedtime may be reduced by the corresponding percentage.
  • the graphical representation of a modification to the dosage or delivery rate of insulin to be delivered by the infusion device 202 during future instances of the monitoring period may be selectable or associated with a button or similar selectable GUI element that facilitates the client device 210 or the server 206 automatically reprogramming the infusion device 202 (e.g., by transmitting corresponding commands, code or other programming instructions to the infusion device 202 via the network 214 ) for implementing the modified dosage during the relevant time period.
  • the server 206 utilizes the obtained therapy modification rules to identify another recommended therapeutic remedial action of adding a bedtime snack to increase the patient's glucose level.
  • a recommended therapeutic remedial action may be identified based on the patient exhibiting sensor glucose measurement values above or below a threshold (e.g., below the lower glucose threshold value for the overnight monitoring time period associated with the highest priority variability event) and/or a duration of time during which those measurements are exhibited within the monitoring period.
  • a threshold e.g., below the lower glucose threshold value for the overnight monitoring time period associated with the highest priority variability event
  • the server 206 In a similar manner as described above in the context of FIGS. 1 - 4 , the server 206 generates a header region 1422 with graphical indicia of the overnight variability event. In connection with the recommendation process 1300 , the server 206 generates a current therapy summary region 1424 that includes graphical indicia of the patient's current therapy configuration along with an analysis region 1426 that includes graphical indicia of the recommended remedial actions identified based on therapy modification rules associated with the patient's current therapy configuration. In some embodiments, the therapy summary and analysis regions 1424 , 1426 are presented in response to user selection of the overnight variability event pattern guidance display 1420 or the header region 1422 in lieu of other summary and analysis regions (e.g., regions 124 , 126 ).
  • the recommendation process 1300 may be triggered or initiated to generate and populate the therapy summary and analysis regions 1424 , 1426 presented in response to user selection of the overnight variability event pattern guidance display 1420 or the header region 1422 .
  • therapy summary and analysis regions 1424 , 1426 may automatically be presented for the highest priority event pattern in lieu of other summary and analysis regions (e.g., regions 124 , 126 ) upon initial generation of the snapshot GUI display 1400 .
  • the recommendation process 1300 may be automatically performed with respect to the other displayed event patterns to populate the remaining pattern guidance displays 1430 , 1440 in addition to pattern guidance display 1420 .
  • the recommendation process 1300 may be performed with respect to one of the other displayed event patterns in response to selection of the respective pattern guidance display 1430 , 1440 .
  • remedial actions that may be taken to mitigate or otherwise address lower priority event pattern could be redundant, unnecessary, and/or confusing in view of recommended remedial actions for the highest priority event pattern.
  • FIG. 15 depicts another exemplary embodiment of a snapshot GUI display 1500 that may be presented on or by an electronic device in connection with the recommendation process 1300 of FIG. 13 .
  • the snapshot GUI display 1500 includes a patient therapy region 1510 that includes graphical indicia of the patient's current therapy configuration, which could be rendered outside of or alongside of the pattern detection region.
  • the event pattern analysis region 1526 of the highest priority pattern guidance display 1520 includes graphical indicia of the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1528 identified by the recommendation process 1300 while the current patient therapy configuration is concurrently presented within the patient therapy region 1510 .
  • the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1528 are prioritized or ordered first among the information presented within the event pattern analysis region 1526 , for example, by displaying the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1528 above the potential causes or other information related to the overnight variability event pattern.
  • FIG. 16 depicts another exemplary embodiment of a snapshot GUI display 1600 that may be presented on or by an electronic device in connection with the recommendation process 1300 of FIG. 13 .
  • the snapshot GUI display 1600 includes a patient therapy region 1610 that includes graphical indicia of the patient's current therapy configuration which is displayed proximate the pattern detection region 1606 .
  • the pattern detection region 1606 includes a menu or list of pattern guidance displays 1620 , 1630 , 1640 ranked or ordered according to prioritization, with graphical indicia of the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1628 being presented below the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1620 in graphical association with or proximity to the highest priority event pattern.
  • the pattern guidance displays 1620 , 1630 , 1640 may be expandable or collapsible to display recommended therapeutic remedial actions in response to user selection of respective ones of the pattern guidance displays 1620 , 1630 , 1640 .
  • the recommendation process 1300 may be initiated or otherwise performed with respect to a selected event pattern to determine recommended therapeutic remedial actions for populating the expanded pattern guidance display region upon or in response to user selection of the respective event pattern.
  • the snapshot GUI display 1600 also includes a supplemental information region 1650 that may include disclaimer language or other explanatory information or guidance pertaining to the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1628 , such as, for example, potential side effects associated with proposed medications to be added to the patient's therapy regimen, or the like.
  • the supplemental information region 1650 may be displayed adjacent to or otherwise in graphical association with the pattern detection region 1606 or the selected pattern guidance display 1620 .
  • Information presented in the supplemental information region 1650 may be stored or maintained in the database 208 and retrieved by the server 206 for presentation.
  • rules or formula for generating the supplemental information may be stored or maintained in the database 208 and retrieved by the server 206 for dynamically determining the supplemental information to be presented in the region 1650 based on the patient's current therapy configuration, physiological condition, or other patient-specific variables or factors.
  • FIGS. 14 - 16 depict merely some exemplary GUI displays for presenting recommended therapeutic remedial actions, and the subject matter described herein is not necessarily limited to any particular manner of presentation.
  • detected event patterns exhibited by a particular patient and that patient's particular therapy configuration, physiological condition, and potentially other patient-specific variables may be synthesized and analyzed to determine comprehensive therapeutic recommendations for remedying, resolving, mitigating, or otherwise addressing a particular event pattern in a manner that accounts for the patient's current therapy and physiological condition.
  • the recommended therapeutic remedial actions may also account for various patient-specific variables to provide recommendations that reflect a relatively comprehensive review of the patient's medical records, history and prior therapies.
  • the recommended therapeutic remedial actions are then presented in connection with other graphical indicia pertaining to detected event pattern, thereby clearly conveying to the patient or other user the nature of the event pattern and potential ways to address the event pattern, which, in turn, leads to better patient outcomes.
  • the subject matter may be described herein primarily in the context of a patient with Type 2 diabetes taking any one of a wide variety of medications (orals, non-insulin injectables, and insulin) in connection with an infusion device or continuous glucose monitoring, the subject matter described herein is not necessarily limited to use with infusion devices, continuous glucose monitoring, Type 2 diabetes, or the medications described herein.
  • the recommendation processes described herein support modularity or adaptability to accommodate potential new classes of medications and/or new indications for existing classes of medications.
  • the therapeutic modification logic rules may have a modular design that allows for a new module of logic rules pertaining to a new class of medication to be inserted or otherwise configured among logic rules pertaining to existing classes of medications, thereby allowing the therapeutic modification logic rules to be readily updated to accommodate new classes of medication.
  • indications for existing classes of medications may be modular, allowing for changes with respect to the indications for those classes or medications that do not impact other classes or medications or the overall hierarchy or flow associated with the therapeutic modification logic rules.
  • Such modularity of the therapeutic modification logic rules facilitates inclusion and prioritization of new classes of medication and/or new indications for existing classes without substantial redesign of the recommendation algorithms or hardware.
  • a streamlined snapshot GUI display is provided to convey patient information pertaining to past operation of a fluid infusion device or other monitoring device (e.g., a continuous glucose monitor) with improved clarity, discriminability and consistency, and thereby improving comprehensibility of the snapshot GUI display.
  • regions with relatively higher visual consistency and/or relatively less content variability on a patient-to-patient basis such as the header and graph overlay regions, are visually prioritized over regions where the displayed information is more likely to vary from patient-to-patient, such as the pattern detection region, the patient therapy region, and/or other supplemental information regions.
  • detected event patterns are presented in a top-down manner according to prioritization, thereby improving the detectability and discriminability of the higher priority event pattern(s).
  • the detected event pattern regions are also capable of dynamically increasing or decreasing the amount of displayed information associated with a respective event pattern, thereby improving conciseness of the overall display, while also potentially allowing for improved legibility by increasing available display area for other information.
  • the streamlined snapshot GUI display 1700 includes a patient information header region 1702 presented at the top of the snapshot GUI display 1700 above a performance metric region 1704 .
  • the performance metric region 1704 includes graphical representations or other indicia of the values for various performance metrics summarizing the patient's condition over the snapshot time period that are calculated based on the historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the time period associated with the snapshot GUI display 1700 . Additionally, the performance metric region 1704 includes graphical representations 1710 (or other graphical indicia) of the patient's current therapy regimen. In this regard, the displayed therapy regimen information 1710 includes a listing of the medications or other medicaments the patient is currently taking. In the illustrated embodiment, the current patient therapy information 1710 indicates the patient administers basal insulin injections in the evening and also administers meal-time insulin.
  • the displayed therapy regimen information includes the frequency at which the respective medication or medicament is administered or taken by the patient (e.g., daily, twice a day (BID), three times a day (TID), four times a day (QID), etc.) along with a dosage associated with each instance, and for a medication or medicament taken at an uncommon time, an indication of the time when taken (e.g., morning (AM), evening (PM), breakfast, lunch, dinner, bedtime, etc.).
  • the brand name is bolded or otherwise visually emphasized, while the generic name, dosage, frequency, or other temporal indicia are not emphasized.
  • the corresponding listing in the displayed therapy regimen information may be displayed as “Glucophage (metformin), 850 mg BID.”
  • the corresponding the displayed therapy regimen information may be displayed as “Glucophage (metformin), 850 mg BID, breakfast and lunch.”
  • the graph overlay region 1708 is displayed immediately below and adjacent to the performance metric region 1704 and above the event pattern detection region 1706 .
  • This arrangement is consistent with the order in which the patient's doctor or other clinician is likely to be interested in reviewing the patient's history, and thereby improves clarity of the snapshot GUI display 1700 and detectability of the graph overlay region 1708 by directing the viewer's eyes towards the graph overlay region 1708 via preferential placement above the event pattern detection region 1706 .
  • This improves the perceived flow of the snapshot GUI display 1700 while also improving comprehensibility of the information subsequently presented in the event pattern detection region 1706 by conveying the relevant underlying historical measurement data for the patient to the viewer first.
  • the general look and feel of the graph overlay region 1708 is independent of the patient's physiological condition (e.g., whether or not the patient has type 1 diabetes or type 2 diabetes), the perceived consistency of the snapshot GUI display 1700 across a patient population is improved.
  • the graph overlay region 1708 includes graphical representations of historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the snapshot time period with respect to time and a visually distinguishable overlay region that indicates a personalized target range for the patient's sensor glucose measurement values, with the graphical representation of the measurements, meal markers, or other indicia for each different day or date depicted on the graph overlay region 1708 being rendered visually distinct from graphical representations corresponding to other days or dates.
  • the illustrated graph overlay region 1708 also includes graphical representations of multiday averages of the measurement data for different periods or times of day, for example, every three-hour segment of the day.
  • the graph overlay region 1708 also includes graphical indicia 1728 , 1738 , 1748 of highest priority detected event patterns in a manner that establishes an association between the detected event pattern, the time of day associated with its corresponding monitoring period, and its relative priority level.
  • the event pattern detection region 1706 is presented below the graph overlay region 1708 and includes a plurality of pattern guidance displays 1720 , 1730 , 1740 corresponding to the three highest prioritized event patterns identified during the snapshot time period based on the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the snapshot time period.
  • the pattern guidance displays 1720 , 1730 , 1740 are expandable or collapsible to dynamically increase or decrease the amount of information presented in association with a respective event pattern. In the embodiment of FIG.
  • the second and third priority event pattern guidance displays 1730 , 1740 are collapsed or not expanded, while the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1720 is expanded to display an event pattern analysis region 1724 associated with the event pattern and a therapy analysis region 1726 for the event pattern within a window 1721 associated with the header region 1722 for the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1720 .
  • the event pattern analysis region 1724 includes list of potential causes phrased in a manner that suggests remedial actions that can be taken to resolve or correct the variability event, while the therapy analysis region 1726 includes recommended therapeutic remedial actions for resolving or correcting the variability event.
  • the list of potential causes may be personalized or otherwise tailored for the medications or classes of medications corresponding to the patient's current therapy regimen (e.g., a possible cause related to insulin will not be displayed if the patient is not taking insulin).
  • the contents of the analysis regions 1724 , 1726 may be identified, determined, or otherwise generated as described above in the context of FIGS. 1 - 4 and FIGS. 13 - 16 .
  • the header regions 1722 , 1732 , 1742 for each of the pattern guidance displays 1720 , 1730 , 1740 includes a number indicating the priority of the respective event pattern, an identification of the type of event pattern detected, and the time period or timeframe associated with the detected event pattern.
  • the header regions 1722 , 1732 , 1742 are selectable or otherwise manipulable to dynamically increase or decrease the displayed information associated with the respective event pattern. In this regard, FIG.
  • FIG. 17 depicts an example where the highest priority event header region 1722 has been selected or otherwise activated to expand the window 1721 associated with the highest priority event below the highest priority event header region 1722 to display the analysis regions 1724 , 1726 associated with the highest priority event above the lower priority event pattern guidance displays 1730 , 1740 (e.g., between the highest priority event header region 1722 and the second highest priority event header region 1732 ), while the other header regions 1732 , 1742 are in their deselected or deactivated states to remove or otherwise hide the analysis regions associated with the lower priority event pattern guidance displays 1730 , 1740 .
  • the markers 1728 , 1738 , 1748 corresponding to the respective pattern guidance displays 1720 , 1730 , 1740 may also be selectable or otherwise manipulable to dynamically increase or decrease the displayed information associated with the respective event pattern. For example, to expand the highest priority event pattern guidance window 1721 , a user may select either the highest priority event header region 1722 or the highest priority event marker 1728 within the graph overlay region 1708 . Additionally, in some embodiments, the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1720 may be automatically activated or expanded by default (and the lower priority event pattern guidance displays 1730 , 1740 collapsed or condensed by default) upon presentation of the snapshot GUI display 1700 even in the absence of any user selection.
  • event pattern information By allowing event pattern information to be selectively and dynamically hidden or added to the display, the perceived clarity and conciseness of the event pattern detection region 1706 is improved, which, in turn may help aid the comprehensibility of the displayed information. Additionally, freeing up display area on the display device by hiding information associated with lower priority event pattern guidance displays 1730 , 1740 may allow for the legibility of the displayed information associated with the higher priority event pattern guidance display 1720 to be improved by increasing the size of the text, icons, or other graphical elements that make up the analysis regions 1724 , 1726 to fill the available display area.
  • the event pattern markers 1728 , 1738 , 1748 and header regions 1722 , 1732 , 1742 utilize different colors that differentiate one another and indicate whether a detected event pattern involves a low or high glucose level.
  • the marker 1728 associated with the low glucose variability event may be rendered using red, pink, or a similar hue to indicate a relatively higher potential severity associated with the event, and similarly, at least a portion of the header region 1722 may be rendered using the same color (e.g., the portion 1723 of the header region 1722 encompassing the identification of the event type and priority).
  • markers 1738 , 1748 and header regions 1732 , 1742 associated with a high glucose level may incorporate yellow or a similar hue to indicate a relatively lower severity.
  • FIG. 18 depicts another exemplary embodiment of a streamlined snapshot GUI display 1800 .
  • the expanded window 1821 for the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1820 in the event pattern detection region 1806 below the graph overlay region 1808 includes a tabular representation 1828 of recommended therapeutic remedial actions within the therapy analysis region 1826 for resolving or correcting the low glucose event.
  • the table 1828 of recommended therapeutic remedial actions indicates a plurality of different potential therapeutic remedial actions that may be appropriate for the patient's current therapy regimen.
  • the different potential therapeutic remedial actions are differentiated by a visually distinguishable vertical divider 1825 into a first subset 1827 of potential remedial actions for a symptomatic patient and a second subset 1829 of potential remedial actions if the patient is asymptomatic.
  • the tabular therapy analysis region 1826 is presented within the expanded window 1821 associated with the highest priority event pattern header region 1822 beneath the event pattern analysis region 1824 and above the header regions and guidance displays for the lower priority event patterns.
  • the potential therapeutic remedial actions presented in the various columns of the table 1828 are determined for the corresponding event pattern based on the patient's current therapy configuration.
  • Each column of the table 1828 is unique relative to other columns in the table 1828 , and each column includes one or more potential therapeutic remedial actions, such as, for example, a modified dosage (or cessation) of a current medication or medicament, an additional medication or medicament, and/or a combination thereof.
  • the table 1828 of potential therapeutic modifications allows the patient's doctor or clinician to readily identify a broad set of potential therapy modifications that may be appropriate given the patient's current therapy configuration and physiological condition, from which the patient's doctor or clinician can then utilize his or her professional judgment to determine how to modify the patient's therapy to achieve an optimal outcome.
  • FIG. 19 depicts another exemplary embodiment of a streamlined snapshot GUI display 1900 where each of the event pattern guidance displays 1920 , 1930 , 1940 within the event pattern detection region 1906 beneath the graph overlay region 1908 are expanded.
  • the amount of information presented within the respective pattern guidance displays 1920 , 1930 , 1940 may be reduced to maintain legibility, for example, by limiting the number of potential causes presented within the respective pattern analysis regions, limiting the number of recommended therapeutic remedial actions within the respective therapy analysis regions, or a combination thereof.
  • the pattern guidance displays 1920 , 1930 , 1940 only include pattern analysis regions associated with the respective event patterns.
  • the respective therapy analysis regions may be hidden or otherwise removed from the display to increase the available display area for expanding multiple pattern guidance displays, while also improving clarity by decluttering the display and eliminating potential confusion that could arise by presenting a number of recommended therapeutic remedial actions attempting to individually resolve different event patterns, which could potentially conflict with one another or exacerbate another aspect of the patient's physiological condition.
  • the patient's doctor or clinician can use his or her judgment in determining how to modify the patient's therapy to achieve an optimal outcome.
  • FIG. 20 depicts an embodiment of a streamlined snapshot GUI display 2000 that does not include recommended therapeutic remedial actions due to the absence of information regarding any medications or medicaments prescribed for the patient.
  • an informational region 2010 is provided vertically between the graph overlay region 2008 and the event pattern detection region 2006 to convey to the viewer or user of the snapshot GUI display 2000 that the following event pattern detection region 2006 does not include therapy analysis regions or recommended therapeutic remedial actions and the underlying rationale for why that information is not presented.
  • the informational region 2010 mitigates potentially perceived inconsistencies in the streamlined snapshot GUI display 2000 across different patients by indicating, explaining, or otherwise conveying a potential inconsistency within the following region 2006 of the display 2000 prior to the eyes of a viewer reading the display 2000 in a top-down fashion reaching the following region 2006 .
  • the informational region 2010 effectively modifies a viewer's expectations regarding the content of the streamlined snapshot GUI display 2000 to align with what is subsequently presented beneath the region 2010 , which improves the perceived consistency of the streamlined snapshot GUI display 2000 .
  • the streamlined snapshot GUI displays provided in FIGS. 17 - 20 achieve improved conformance with user expectations and direct users towards information in a manner that may be perceived as logical and predictable.
  • Color-coordination between the graph overlay regions and event pattern detection regions and top-down prioritization of event pattern guidance allow users to quickly and accurately distinguish important event patterns, and the amount of displayed event pattern information may be dynamically increased or decreased to improve conciseness and legibility.
  • the interpretability and comprehensibility of the snapshot GUI display is improved, which, in turn results in increased confidence in the presented information.
  • the streamlined snapshot GUI displays increase the likelihood of improved patient outcomes resulting from increased reliance on recommended therapeutic remedial actions and/or other guidance or analysis presented on the displays.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Infusion, Injection, And Reservoir Apparatuses (AREA)

Abstract

Methods, systems, and media for event pattern treatment recommendations are provided. In some embodiments, a method involve identifying a plurality of event patterns within a plurality of monitoring periods based on measurement values of a physiological condition. The techniques may involve causing display of a snapshot graphical user interface display, wherein the snapshot graphical user interface display comprises a graph overlay region and an event detection region, the graph overlay region comprises a graphical representation of the measurement values, and the event detection region comprises a pattern guidance display for at least a subset of the plurality of event patterns, wherein the pattern guidance display for at least one event pattern includes a graphical representation of a recommended therapeutic remedial action that comprises therapy parameters, to be used by a medical device during a subsequent time period, configured to mitigate occurrence of the at least one event pattern.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION(S)
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/058,736, filed Aug. 8, 2018, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/693,238, filed Aug. 31, 2017, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/132,126, filed Apr. 18, 2016, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/243,416, filed Oct. 19, 2015, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • Embodiments of the subject matter described herein relate generally to medical devices, and more particularly, embodiments of the subject matter relate to generating reports for therapy management.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Infusion pump devices and systems are relatively well known in the medical arts, for use in delivering or dispensing an agent, such as insulin or another prescribed medication, to a patient. A typical infusion pump includes a pump drive system which typically includes a small motor and drive train components that convert rotational motor motion to a translational displacement of a plunger (or stopper) in a reservoir that delivers medication from the reservoir to the body of a user via a fluid path created between the reservoir and the body of a user. Use of infusion pump therapy has been increasing, especially for delivering insulin for diabetics.
  • Control schemes have been developed that allow insulin infusion pumps to monitor and regulate a user's blood glucose level in a substantially continuous and autonomous manner. However, regulating blood glucose level is still complicated by variations in the response time for the type of insulin being used along with variations in a user's individual insulin response and daily activities (e.g., exercise, carbohydrate consumption, bolus administration, and the like). Additionally, manually-initiated deliveries of insulin prior to or contemporaneously with consuming a meal (e.g., a meal bolus or correction bolus) also influence the overall glucose regulation, along with various patient-specific ratios, factors, or other control parameters.
  • Physicians have recognized that continuous monitoring provides a greater understanding of a diabetic's condition. That said, there is also a burden imposed on physicians and other healthcare providers to adapt to continuous monitoring and incorporate the amount of data obtained therefrom in a manner that allows for a physician to meaningfully assist and improve patient outcomes. While automated reports can be generated based on the data, they can be difficult to parse or appear overwhelming to physicians, which given the limited time available to physicians, may discourage adoption and incorporation of continuous monitoring as part of their practice. Accordingly, there is a need to generate and provide information in a usable form that can be quickly and intuitively interpreted and applied.
  • BRIEF SUMMARY
  • Disclosed herein are techniques related to event pattern treatment recommendations. The techniques can be practiced using a processor-implemented method; a system comprising one or more processors and one or more processor-readable media; and/or one or more non-transitory process-readable media.
  • In some embodiments, the techniques may involve identifying a plurality of event patterns within a plurality of monitoring periods based on measurement values of a physiological condition. The techniques may involve causing display of a snapshot graphical user interface display, wherein the snapshot graphical user interface display comprises a graph overlay region and an event detection region, the graph overlay region comprises a graphical representation of the measurement values with respect to a time of day, and the event detection region comprises a pattern guidance display for at least a subset of the plurality of event patterns, wherein the pattern guidance display for at least one event pattern of the subset of the plurality of event patterns includes a graphical representation of a recommended therapeutic remedial action that comprises therapy parameters, to be used by a medical device during a subsequent time period, configured to mitigate occurrence of the at least one event pattern during the subsequent time period. The techniques may involve causing, responsive to user input, automated reprogramming of the medical device for implementation of the recommended therapeutic remedial action prior to the subsequent time period.
  • This summary is provided to introduce a selection of concepts in a simplified form that are further described below in the detailed description. This summary is not intended to identify key features or essential features of the claimed subject matter, nor is it intended to be used as an aid in determining the scope of the claimed subject matter.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • A more complete understanding of the subject matter may be derived by referring to the detailed description and claims when considered in conjunction with the following figures, wherein like reference numbers refer to similar elements throughout the figures, which may be illustrated for simplicity and clarity and are not necessarily drawn to scale.
  • FIG. 1 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a snapshot graphical user interface (GUI) display that may be presented on a display device associated with a computing device in one or more embodiments;
  • FIG. 2 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a patient management system 200 suitable for generating and presenting the snapshot GUI display of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 3 is a flow diagram of an exemplary snapshot presentation process suitable for use with the patient management system of FIG. 2 to generate a snapshot GUI display in one or more exemplary embodiments;
  • FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of an exemplary pattern guidance presentation process suitable for use with the patient management system of FIG. 2 in conjunction with the snapshot presentation process of FIG. 3 to populate an event pattern detection region of a snapshot GUI display in one or more exemplary embodiments;
  • FIG. 5 depicts an embodiment of a computing device for a diabetes data management system in accordance with one or more embodiments;
  • FIG. 6 depicts an exemplary embodiment of an infusion system;
  • FIG. 7 depicts a plan view of an exemplary embodiment of a fluid infusion device suitable for use in the infusion system of FIG. 6 ;
  • FIG. 8 is an exploded perspective view of the fluid infusion device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view of the fluid infusion device of FIGS. 7-8 as viewed along line 9-9 in FIG. 8 when assembled with a reservoir inserted in the infusion device;
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of an exemplary control system suitable for use in a fluid infusion device, such as the fluid infusion device of FIG. 2, 6 or 7 ;
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram of an exemplary pump control system suitable for use in the control system of FIG. 10 ;
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a closed-loop control system that may be implemented or otherwise supported by the pump control system in the fluid infusion device of FIG. 10 in one or more exemplary embodiments;
  • FIG. 13 is a flow diagram of an exemplary recommendation process suitable for use with the patient management system of FIG. 2 to recommend remedial actions in conjunction with the snapshot presentation process of FIG. 3 or the pattern guidance presentation process of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIGS. 14-16 depict exemplary embodiments of snapshot GUI displays that may be presented on a display device associated with a computing device in accordance with one or more embodiments of the recommendation process of FIG. 13 ; and
  • FIGS. 17-20 depict exemplary embodiments of snapshot GUI displays including expandable and collapsible pattern guidance displays suitable for presentation on a display device associated with a computing device in accordance with one or more embodiments.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The following detailed description is merely illustrative in nature and is not intended to limit the embodiments of the subject matter or the application and uses of such embodiments. As used herein, the word “exemplary” means “serving as an example, instance, or illustration.” Any implementation described herein as exemplary is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other implementations. Furthermore, there is no intention to be bound by any expressed or implied theory presented in the preceding technical field, background, brief summary or the following detailed description.
  • Exemplary embodiments of the subject matter described herein are implemented in conjunction with medical devices, such as portable electronic medical devices. Although many different applications are possible, the following description focuses on embodiments that incorporate a fluid infusion device (or infusion pump) as part of an infusion system deployment. For the sake of brevity, conventional techniques related to infusion system operation, insulin pump and/or infusion set operation, and other functional aspects of the systems (and the individual operating components of the systems) may not be described in detail here. Examples of infusion pumps may be of the type described in, but not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,562,751; 4,685,903; 5,080,653; 5,505,709; 5,097,122; 6,485,465; 6,554,798; 6,558,320; 6,558,351; 6,641,533; 6,659,980; 6,752,787; 6,817,990; 6,932,584; and 7,621,893; each of which are herein incorporated by reference. That said, the subject matter described herein can be utilized more generally in the context of overall diabetes management or other physiological conditions independent of or without the use of an infusion device or other medical device (e.g., when oral medication is utilized), and the subject matter described herein is not limited to any particular type of medication.
  • Generally, a fluid infusion device includes a motor or other actuation arrangement that is operable to linearly displace a plunger (or stopper) of a reservoir provided within the fluid infusion device to deliver a dosage of fluid, such as insulin, to the body of a user. Dosage commands that govern operation of the motor may be generated in an automated manner in accordance with the delivery control scheme associated with a particular operating mode, and the dosage commands may be generated in a manner that is influenced by a current (or most recent) measurement of a physiological condition in the body of the user. For example, in a closed-loop operating mode, dosage commands may be generated based on a difference between a current (or most recent) measurement of the interstitial fluid glucose level in the body of the user and a target (or reference) glucose value. In this regard, the rate of infusion may vary as the difference between a current measurement value and the target measurement value fluctuates. For purposes of explanation, the subject matter is described herein in the context of the infused fluid being insulin for regulating a glucose level of a user (or patient); however, it should be appreciated that many other fluids may be administered through infusion, and the subject matter described herein is not necessarily limited to use with insulin.
  • Exemplary embodiments of the subject matter described herein generally relate to systems for analyzing and presenting information pertaining to operation of the infusion device delivering fluid to a body of a user. In exemplary embodiments, a snapshot graphical user interface (GUI) display is presented on an electronic device, and the snapshot GUI display includes or otherwise provides graphical representations or other graphical indicia of various aspects of the physiological condition in the body of the user that is regulated or otherwise influenced by the fluid delivered by the infusion device. For example, the snapshot GUI display may include graphical representations of a diabetic patient's glucose levels along with other indicia pertaining to the glycemic control achieved by the infusion device delivering insulin to the patient.
  • In exemplary embodiments described herein, the snapshot GUI display includes a pattern detection region that includes graphical indicia of event pattern(s) detected or otherwise identified based on measurement data for the user's physiological condition. The detected event pattern(s) are prioritized based on one or more prioritization criteria and filtered based on one or more filtering criteria, resulting in a filtered prioritized list of detected event patterns that includes only those event patterns to be presented to the user. For each retained event pattern in the filtered prioritized list, a respective pattern guidance display is generated or otherwise provided which includes information pertaining to that respective event pattern, such as, for example, an identification of the type of event pattern, an indication of a period of time associated with the event pattern, one or more metric(s) indicative of the frequency and/or severity of the event, and the like. Additionally, the pattern guidance display includes graphical indicia of one or more potential causes of event pattern, which, in turn may be utilized by the patient, the patient's doctor or other health care provider, or another individual in assessing the efficacy of the regulation achieved by the infusion device and identifying potential actions that may improve the quality of control achieved by the infusion device. As described in greater detail below in the context of FIGS. 13-16 , in one or more embodiments, information pertaining to a displayed event pattern may be analyzed in connection with other therapeutic or physiological information associated with the patient to identify a remedial action that could potentially resolve, mitigate, correct or otherwise address the event pattern (e.g., adding a new medication, adjusting dosages or delivery rates, and the like) and provide corresponding graphical indicia of the remedial action in connection with the displayed event pattern.
  • Event Pattern Presentation
  • FIG. 1 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a snapshot GUI display 100 or report that may be presented on a display device associated with an electronic device, such as, for example, a computing device, a portable medical device, a sensor device, or the like. The snapshot GUI display 100 includes a plurality of regions 102, 104, 106, 108 that present information pertaining to past operation of a fluid infusion device that delivers insulin to regulate the glucose level of a diabetic patient. A header region 102 is presented at the top of the snapshot GUI display 100 and includes a graphical representation of a preceding time period of operation (e.g., November 3-November 6) associated with the snapshot GUI display 100 for which information is presented in the below regions 104, 106, 108.
  • A graph overlay region 108 is presented at the bottom of the snapshot GUI display 100 that includes graphical representations of historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the snapshot time period with respect to time. In this regard, the graph overlay region 108 may include a line graph including a line associated with each day within the snapshot time period that depicts the patient's sensor glucose measurements values from that day with respect to time of day. Additionally, the graph overlay region 108 may include a line representative of the average of the patient's sensor glucose measurements across the different days within the snapshot time period with respect to time of day. The illustrated graph overlay region 108 also includes a visually distinguishable overlay region that indicates a target range for the patient's sensor glucose measurement values. In exemplary embodiments, the graphical representation of the measurements for each different day or date depicted on the graph overlay region 108 is rendered with a unique color or other visually distinguishable characteristic relative to the graphical representations corresponding to other days or dates, with the meal markers on that respective day or date also being rendered in the same color or visually distinguishable characteristic and placed on the line corresponding to that respective day or date. The illustrated graph overlay region 108 also includes graphical representations of multiday averages of the measurement data for different periods or times of day, for example, every three-hour segment of the day (e.g., the average sensor glucose measurement for the 12 AM-3 AM time period across the dates encompassed by the snapshot time period is 189 mg/dL).
  • A performance metric region 104 is presented below the header region 102 and includes graphical representations or other indicia of the values for various performance metrics calculated based on the historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the time period associated with the snapshot GUI display 100. The performance metrics depicted in the performance metric region 104 may include an average sensor glucose measurement value for the patient calculated based on the sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period, an estimated A1C level calculated based on the sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period, and estimated percentages of the snapshot time period during which durations the sensor glucose measurement values were above an upper glucose threshold value (e.g., 150 mg/dL), below a lower glucose threshold value (e.g., 70 mg/dL), or between the upper and lower glucose threshold values. In this regard, the upper and lower glucose threshold values may define a target region for the patient's glucose level during the snapshot time period. The threshold values defining the target region may be configurable by a user, for example, to vary one or more aspects of the report, or alternatively, to influence the glucose regulation provided by the infusion device while also influencing one or more aspects of the report. The graphical indicia for performance metrics presented in the performance metric region 104 may include textual representations of the respective performance metric values along with charts, graphs, or other visualizations of respective performance metric values. For example, the illustrated embodiment of the performance metric region 104 includes progress bar GUI elements that depict the respective percentages of the snapshot time period during which the patient's sensor glucose measurement values were above, below, or between upper and lower glucose threshold values.
  • Still referring to FIG. 1 , the snapshot GUI display 100 also includes a pattern detection region 106 presented between the performance metric region 104 and the graph overlay region 108. The pattern detection region 106 includes a plurality of pattern guidance displays 120, 130, 140, where each pattern guidance display 120, 130, 140 corresponds to a respective pattern of events identified during the snapshot time period based on the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the snapshot time period. In this regard, the historical sensor glucose measurement values are analyzed for different monitoring periods within the snapshot time period. As described in greater detail below in the context of FIG. 3 , based on the subset of sensor glucose measurement values associated with times of day within a respective monitoring period, a pattern of one or more events is detected or otherwise identified within that monitoring period, such as, for example, a glucose variability event, a high glucose (or hyperglycemic) event, or a low glucose (or hypoglycemic) event. After identifying a plurality of event patterns within respective monitoring periods, the identified event patterns are prioritized and filtered to limit the number of event patterns for display. For example, in one embodiment, the detected event patterns are prioritized primarily based on event type (e.g., from most significant to least significant) and secondarily based on the monitoring period associated with the respective event pattern, and then filtered to first remove lower priority event patterns having the same associated monitoring period as a higher priority event pattern, and then secondarily remove remaining event patterns above a display threshold that limits the number of displayed event patterns. In this regard, FIG. 1 depicts an embodiment where the variability event type is prioritized above the hypoglycemic event type and the hyperglycemic event type in that order, and with the display threshold being equal to three to limit the number of pattern guidance displays within the pattern detection region 106 to three.
  • As described in greater detail below in the context of FIG. 4 , for each remaining event pattern of the filtered prioritized list, a pattern guidance display 120, 130, 140 is generated that includes a header region 122, 132, 142 that includes graphical indicia of the event type and the monitoring period associated with the detected pattern, a summary region 124, 134, 144 that includes graphical indicia of the number, frequency, severity, or other characteristics of the events associated with the detected pattern, and an analysis region 126, 136, 146 that includes graphical indicia of potential causes or remedial actions for the detected events. It should be noted that the graphical indicia of potential causes or remedial actions may also be prioritized or ordered according to their respective clinical relevance. Additionally, in exemplary embodiments, graphical indicia 128, 138, 148 of the detected event patterns are presented within the graph overly region 108 in a manner that establishes an association between the detected event pattern, the time of day associated with its corresponding monitoring period, and its relative priority level. Thus, the graphical indicia 128, 138, 148 facilitate establishing an association between a respective subset of the historical measurement data presented within the graph overlay region 108 and a corresponding event pattern detected based on that subset of historical measurement data. For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 1 , a marker 128 is presented overlying the graph overlay region 108 that includes an identifier that indicates the detected event pattern the marker 128 corresponds to (e.g., number 1 to indicate the highest priority event pattern 120), and the marker 128 has a width or other dimension that encompasses or otherwise corresponds to the subset of the sensor glucose measurement values associated with the time of day corresponding to the monitoring period associated with the detected event pattern (e.g., the lunch time period).
  • FIG. 2 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a patient management system 200 capable of generating and displaying the snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 for review and analysis of a user. The patient management system 200 includes an infusion device 202 that is communicatively coupled to a sensing arrangement 204 to obtain measurement data indicative of a physiological condition in the body of a patient, such as sensor glucose measurement values as described in greater detail below in the context of FIGS. 6-12 . In exemplary embodiments, the infusion device 202 operates autonomously to regulate the patient's glucose level based on the sensor glucose measurement values received from the sensing arrangement 204.
  • In exemplary embodiments, the infusion device 202 periodically uploads or otherwise transmits the measurement data (e.g., sensor glucose measurement values and timestamps associated therewith) to a remote device 206 via a communications network 214, such as a wired and/or wireless computer network, a cellular network, a mobile broadband network, a radio network, or the like. Additionally, in some embodiments, the infusion device 202 also uploads delivery data and/or other information indicative of the amount of fluid delivered by the infusion device and the timing of fluid delivery, which may include, for example, information pertaining to the amount and timing of manually-initiated boluses and associated meal announcements. Some examples of an infusion device uploading measurement and delivery data to a remote device are described in United States Patent Application Publication Nos. 2015/0057807 and 2015/0057634, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • The remote device 206 is coupled to a database 208 configured to store or otherwise maintain the historical measurement and delivery data received from the infusion device 202 in association with a patient associated with the infusion device 202 (e.g., using unique patient identification information). The remote device 206 generally represents a server or another suitable electronic device configured to analyze or otherwise monitor the measurement and delivery data obtained for the patient associated with the infusion device 202 and generate a snapshot GUI display (e.g., snapshot GUI display 100) that may be presented on the remote device 206 or another electronic device 210, alternatively referred to herein as a client device. In practice, the remote device 206 may reside at a location that is physically distinct and/or separate from the infusion device 202, such as, for example, at a facility that is owned and/or operated by or otherwise affiliated with a manufacturer of the infusion device 202. For purposes of explanation, but without limitation, the remote device 206 may alternatively be referred to herein as a server.
  • In the illustrated embodiment, the server 206 generally represents a computing system or another combination of processing logic, circuitry, hardware, and/or other components configured to support the processes, tasks, operations, and/or functions described herein. In this regard, the server 206 includes a processing system 216, which may be implemented using any suitable processing system and/or device, such as, for example, one or more processors, central processing units (CPUs), controllers, microprocessors, microcontrollers, processing cores and/or other hardware computing resources configured to support the operation of the processing system 216 described herein. The processing system 216 may include or otherwise access a data storage element 218 (or memory) capable of storing programming instructions for execution by the processing system 216, that, when read and executed, cause processing system 216 to perform or otherwise support the processes, tasks, operations, and/or functions described herein. For example, in one embodiment, the instructions cause the processing system 216 to create, generate, or otherwise facilitate an application platform that generates or otherwise provides instances of a virtual application at run-time (or “on-demand”) based at least in part upon data that is stored or otherwise maintained by the database 208. Depending on the embodiment, the memory 218 may be realized as a random-access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), flash memory, magnetic or optical mass storage, or any other suitable non-transitory short or long-term data storage or other computer-readable media, and/or any suitable combination thereof.
  • The client device 210 generally represents an electronic device coupled to the network 214 that may be utilized by a user to access and view data stored in the database 208 via the server 206. In practice, the client device 210 can be realized as any sort of personal computer, mobile telephone, tablet or other network-enabled electronic device that includes a display device, such as a monitor, screen, or another conventional electronic display, capable of graphically presenting data and/or information provided by the server 206 along with a user input device, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touchscreen, or the like, capable of receiving input data and/or other information from the user of the client device 210. A user, such as the patient's doctor or another healthcare provider, manipulates the client device 210 to execute a client application 212, such as a web browser application, that contacts the server 206 via the network 214 using a networking protocol, such as the hypertext transport protocol (HTTP) or the like.
  • In exemplary embodiments described herein, a user of the client device 210 manipulates a user input device associated with the client device 210 to input or otherwise provide indication of the patient associated with the infusion device 202 along with a period of time for which the user would like to review, analyze, or otherwise assess measurement data associated with the patient. In response, the server 206 accesses the database 208 to retrieve or otherwise obtain historical measurement data associated with the identified patient for the identified time period and generates a snapshot GUI display (e.g., snapshot GUI display 100) that is presented on the display device associated with the client device 210 via the client application 212 executing thereon.
  • It should be appreciated that FIG. 2 depicts a simplified representation of a patient management system 200 for purposes of explanation and is not intended to limit the subject matter described herein in any way. For example, in various embodiments, a snapshot GUI display may be presented on any device within the patient management system 200 (e.g., the server 206, the infusion device 202, the sensing arrangement 204, or the like) and not necessarily on the client device 210. Moreover, in some embodiments, the infusion device 202 may be configured to store or otherwise maintain historical measurement and delivery data onboard the infusion device 202 and generate snapshot GUI displays on a display device associated with the infusion device 202, in which case the server 206, the database 208, and the client device 210 may not be present.
  • FIG. 3 depicts an exemplary snapshot presentation process 300 suitable for implementation by a patient management system to provide a snapshot GUI display including information pertaining to preceding operation of an infusion device, such as snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 . The various tasks performed in connection with the snapshot presentation process 300 may be performed by hardware, firmware, software executed by processing circuitry, or any combination thereof. For illustrative purposes, the following description refers to elements mentioned above in connection with FIG. 2 . In practice, portions of the snapshot presentation process 300 may be performed by different elements of the patient management system 200, such as, for example, the infusion device 202, the sensing arrangement 204, the server 206, the database 208, the client device 210, the client application 212, and/or the processing system 216. It should be appreciated that the snapshot presentation process 300 may include any number of additional or alternative tasks, the tasks need not be performed in the illustrated order and/or the tasks may be performed concurrently, and/or the snapshot presentation process 300 may be incorporated into a more comprehensive procedure or process having additional functionality not described in detail herein. Moreover, one or more of the tasks shown and described in the context of FIG. 3 could be omitted from a practical embodiment of the snapshot presentation process 300 as long as the intended overall functionality remains intact.
  • The illustrated snapshot presentation process 300 begins by receiving or otherwise obtaining measurement data for the evaluation period being analyzed (task 302). In this regard, in response to receiving indication of a desired time period for the snapshot GUI display 100, the server 206 accesses the database 208 to obtain the patient's sensor measurement values having associated timestamps that are within the time period for the snapshot GUI display 100. For example, for the embodiment of FIG. 1 where the snapshot time period corresponds to Nov. 3, 2014 to Nov. 6, 2014, the server 206 obtains, from the database 208, the stored sensor measurement values previously obtained by the sensing arrangement 204 having timestamp indicating an associated date from Nov. 3, 2014 to Nov. 6, 2014.
  • After obtaining the measurement data for the evaluation period, the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by identifying a plurality of different monitoring periods within the evaluation period, identifying event detection thresholds or other parameters or criteria used for detecting event patterns based on the measurement data, and then analyzing the measurement data associated with each of the different monitoring periods with respect to the event detection thresholds to identify event patterns occurring within the respective monitoring periods ( tasks 304, 306, 308). In this regard, sensor measurement values are classified into one or more monitoring periods based on the timestamps associated with those values falling within the time period associated with the respective monitoring period(s), and then the sensor measurement values within each monitoring period are analyzed with respect to the various event detection criteria to identify event patterns associated with the respective monitoring period. The sensor measurement values within a monitoring period may be compared to a glucose threshold value to identify a number of times that the sensor measurement values violated the glucose threshold value within the monitoring period, and an event pattern detected when the number is greater than one. For example, a hypoglycemic (or low glucose) event pattern may be identified when sensor measurement values within a monitoring period are below a lower glucose threshold value (e.g., 70 mg/dL) on two or more days within the evaluation period. Similarly, a hyperglycemic (or high glucose) event pattern may be identified when sensor measurement values within a monitoring period are above an upper glucose threshold value (e.g., 150 mg/dL) on two or more days within the evaluation period.
  • In exemplary embodiments, the different monitoring periods within the evaluation period include an overnight time period, a fasting time period, a breakfast time period, a lunch time period, and a dinner time period. Additionally, in some embodiments, additional monitoring periods may be identified relative to other events, such as, for example, meal indications corresponding to a meal bolus. In such embodiments, measurement values within a fixed period of time (e.g., three hours) preceding a meal indication may be associated with a pre-meal monitoring period, while measurement values within another fixed period time after the meal indication may be associated with a post-meal monitoring period. Depending on the embodiment, the monitoring periods may overlap (e.g., some sensor measurement values fall within multiple different monitoring periods), or the monitoring periods may be mutually exclusive so that each sensor measurement value falls within only one of the monitoring periods. Additionally, in some embodiments, the monitoring periods may be customizable on a patient-specific (or per-patient) basis, with the corresponding end points (e.g., starting and stopping times) or other reference values defining the end points (e.g., the amount of time before/after a meal indication for a pre- or post-meal monitoring period) for the different monitoring time periods being stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the patient. The monitoring periods may be customizable on a per-user basis (e.g., doctor to doctor) in a similar manner, with the corresponding timing criteria for the different monitoring time periods being stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the user of the client device 210.
  • Once the monitoring time periods to be analyzed are identified, the server 206 classifies or otherwise categorizes the patient's sensor glucose measurement values into the appropriate monitoring time periods, resulting in a subset of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values associated with each respective monitoring time period. Thereafter, for each monitoring period, the server 206 analyzes that subset of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values to identify any hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event patterns associated with that respective monitoring period. As described above, the server 206 identifies a hypoglycemic event when one or more of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values within that subset are less than a lower glucose threshold value on at least two different days within the snapshot time period. Similarly, the server 206 identifies a hyperglycemic event when one or more of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values within the subset are greater than an upper glucose threshold value on at least two different days within the snapshot time period.
  • Additionally, in exemplary embodiments, the server 206 analyzes the subset of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the respective monitoring period to detect or otherwise identify a variability event pattern across multiple days within the snapshot time period. For example, in one embodiment, the server 206 identifies a variability event pattern when one or more the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the monitoring period are less than the lower glucose threshold value on at least two different days within the snapshot time period and one or more of the patient's sensor glucose measurement values within the subset are greater than an upper glucose threshold value on at least two different days within the snapshot time period. In exemplary embodiments, the server 206 also calculates an interquartile range of the daily median sensor glucose measurement values within the monitoring period and detects a variability event pattern when the interquartile range is greater than a variability detection threshold (e.g., 80 mg/dL). It should be noted that the interquartile range is merely one exemplary way in which a variability event pattern may be detected, and in other embodiments, a variability event pattern may be detected based on other statistics calculated based on measurement values for a given monitoring period (e.g., standard deviation values, variance values, or the like).
  • In a similar manner as described above in the context of the monitoring periods, the detection threshold values or other detection criteria for event patterns may be customizable on a patient-specific (or per-patient) basis, with the corresponding detection threshold values (e.g., the lower glucose threshold value, the upper glucose threshold value, the variability detection threshold value, and the lie) being stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the patient. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, the detection threshold values or other detection criteria may be customizable on a per-user basis (e.g., doctor to doctor) in a similar manner, with the corresponding detection criteria being stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the user of the client device 210. Thus, the various criteria used for generating the event detection region 106 on the snapshot GUI display 100 may vary depending on either the patient being analyzed or the user of the client device 210.
  • Still referring to FIG. 3 , after identifying event patterns associated with the different time periods, the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by prioritizing the event patterns according to one or more prioritization criteria to obtain a prioritized list of detected event patterns. In exemplary embodiments, the snapshot presentation process 300 prioritizes the event patterns primarily based on event type, and secondarily based on the monitoring period associated with the respective event patterns (tasks 310, 312). For example, in one embodiment, the server 206 prioritizes, sorts, or otherwise orders variability event patterns ahead of both hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic event patterns, with hypoglycemic event patterns being prioritized or ordered ahead of hyperglycemic event patterns. Thus, prioritization by event type results in variability event patterns being ordered first in a list or other data structure containing the detected event patterns, followed by hypoglycemic event patterns, followed by the hyperglycemic event patterns.
  • Thereafter, the server 206 prioritizes, sorts, or otherwise orders event patterns for each event type by their associated monitoring period. For example, the server 206 prioritizes, sorts, or otherwise orders the variability event patterns by monitoring period and orders the prioritized variability event patterns ahead of the hypoglycemic event patterns, which are also prioritized or otherwise ordered by monitoring period. In one embodiment, the server 206 prioritizes event patterns by monitoring period in the following order: the fasting time period or pre-breakfast time period, the overnight time period, the breakfast or post-breakfast time period, the dinner or post-dinner time period, the lunch or post-lunch time period, the pre-dinner time period, and the pre-lunch time period. Thus, in such an embodiment, the event patterns may be prioritized as follows: a variability event associated with the fasting time period or pre-breakfast time period, a variability event associated with the overnight time period, a variability event associated with the breakfast or post-breakfast time period, a variability event associated with the dinner or post-dinner time period, a variability event associated with the lunch or post-lunch time period, a variability event associated with the pre-dinner time period, and a variability event associated with the pre-lunch time period, followed by a hypoglycemic event associated with the fasting time period or pre-breakfast time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the overnight time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the breakfast or post-breakfast time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the dinner or post-dinner time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the lunch or post-lunch time period, a hypoglycemic event associated with the pre-dinner time period, and a hypoglycemic event associated with the pre-lunch time period, followed by a hyperglycemic event associated with the fasting time period or pre-breakfast time period, a hyperglycemic event associated with the overnight time period, a hyperglycemic event associated with the breakfast or post-breakfast time period, a hyperglycemic event associated with the dinner or post-dinner time period, a hyperglycemic event associated with the lunch or post-lunch time period, a hyperglycemic event associated with the pre-dinner time period, and a hyperglycemic event associated with the pre-lunch time period.
  • For example, referring to FIG. 1 , prioritization by monitoring period results in a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within a fasting time period being ordered ahead of a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within an overnight time period (e.g., the period of time preceding 5:00 AM) in the prioritized list. In this regard, more significant time periods for purposes of glycemic control may be preferentially displayed over less significant time periods. For example, since the patient may be sleeping or waking up and less likely or less capable of responding to alerts or notifications generated by the infusion device 202, events occurring overnight or early in the morning prior to eating may require more attention or remedial action than events occurring during the day when the patient is awake and alert and capable of responding to alerts or notifications generated by the infusion device 202.
  • In a similar manner as described above, the prioritization criteria may be customizable or otherwise configurable on a per-patient or per-user basis and such particular prioritization criteria may be stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with that patient or user. Additionally, the ordering of the application of the prioritization criteria may be customizable or configurable. For example, in one alternative embodiment, the event patterns are prioritized primarily based on monitoring period and secondarily based on the event type associated with the respective event patterns.
  • In exemplary embodiments, after prioritizing the detected event patterns, the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by filtering the event patterns according to one or more filtering criteria to obtain a reduced prioritized list of detected event patterns for presentation on the snapshot GUI display. In exemplary embodiments, the snapshot presentation process 300 filters the prioritized list of detected event patterns first by event type priority within the respective monitoring periods to remove or exclude lower priority event patterns and thereby select or retain only the highest priority event pattern detected for each respective monitoring period (task 314). For example, if a hypoglycemic event pattern (e.g., sensor measurement values below a lower threshold value on at least two days), a hyperglycemic event pattern (e.g., sensor measurement values above an upper threshold value on at least two days), and a variability event pattern (e.g., sensor measurement values above an upper threshold value on at least two days and below a lower threshold value on at least two days) are all detected within a particular monitoring period, the server 206 may remove the hypoglycemic event pattern and the hyperglycemic event pattern associated with that monitoring period from the prioritized list of detected event patterns when the variability event type has the highest priority, so that the list retains only the variability event pattern associated with the monitoring period. In this regard, since remedial actions that may be taken by the patient or user to mitigate or otherwise address the highest priority event pattern may also influence the lower priority event patterns, removing lower priority event patterns allows the patient or user to focus on addressing more significant event patterns, which, in turn, could also result in other event patterns detected within that monitoring period being resolved. As noted above, the event type priorities may be customizable or otherwise configurable on a per-patient or per-user basis, such that particular prioritization criteria may be stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with that patient or user and the resulting types of events preferentially presented within the pattern detection region of the snapshot GUI display may vary depending on the user or patient.
  • After the filtering the prioritized list of detected event patterns by event type priority within the respective monitoring periods, the resulting list includes only one event pattern for each monitoring period during which an event pattern was detected, with the retained event pattern for a respective monitoring period being the highest priority event pattern within that monitoring period. For example, referring to the embodiment of FIG. 1 , when the server 206 identifies a variability event pattern and a hypoglycemic and/or hyperglycemic event pattern within the lunch time monitoring period, only the variability event pattern associated with the lunch time period may remain in the prioritized list after filtering the lower priority event patterns detected within the lunch time period. Similarly, if the server 206 identified both a hypoglycemic event pattern and a hyperglycemic event pattern within the pre-dinner time period, only the hypoglycemic event pattern associated with the pre-dinner time period may remain in the prioritized list.
  • Still referring to FIG. 3 , in exemplary embodiments, after filtering by event type priority within the respective monitoring periods, the snapshot presentation process 300 continues by filtering the list of event patterns based on a display threshold number of event patterns to remove or exclude lower priority event patterns and thereby select or retain only a limited number of the highest priority event patterns for presentation on the snapshot GUI display (task 316). For example, in the embodiment of FIG. 1 , the display threshold number is equal to three, so that all event patterns after the first three event patterns in the prioritized list are removed or otherwise excluded, resulting in a filtered prioritized list that includes only the three highest priority event patterns remaining after filtering by event type priority within the respective monitoring periods. Thus, the hyperglycemic event pattern detected for an overnight monitoring period (e.g., the time period preceding the fasting monitoring period) may be filtered or otherwise removed from the list based on the fasting monitoring period being prioritized over the overnight monitoring period (e.g., task 312). Again, it should be noted that the display threshold number may be customizable or otherwise configurable on a per-patient or per-user basis, so that the number of pattern guidance displays presented within the pattern detection region of the snapshot GUI display may vary depending on the user or patient.
  • The snapshot presentation process 300 continues by generating or otherwise providing pattern guidance displays for the remaining event patterns in the filtered prioritized list within the snapshot GUI display along with corresponding indicia for the event patterns on the graph overlay region of the snapshot GUI display (tasks 318, 320). In exemplary embodiments, the pattern guidance displays are presented in a manner such that higher priority event patterns are preferentially displayed relative to lower priority event patterns, for example, by presenting the highest priority remaining event pattern above and/or to the left of the other remaining event patterns and presenting the lowest priority remaining event pattern below and/or to the right of the other remaining event patterns. The indicia for the remaining event patterns presented on the graph overlay region identify or otherwise indicate the relative priority of the detected event pattern along with the corresponding monitoring period relative to the time period depicted on the graph.
  • Referring to FIG. 1 , prioritization by event type (e.g., task 310) and then by monitoring period (e.g., task 312) results in the variability event pattern detected within the lunch time period being ordered first in the prioritized list, followed by a hypoglycemic event pattern detected within the lunch time period, followed by a hypoglycemic event pattern detected within a pre-dinner time period, followed by a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within a fasting time period, followed by a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within an overnight time period, followed by a hyperglycemic event pattern detected within a dinner or post-dinner time period. Thereafter, filtering by event type priority within monitoring period (e.g., task 314) removes the lunch time hypoglycemic event pattern from the prioritized list, and filtering based on the display threshold (e.g., task 316) removes the overnight hyperglycemic event pattern and the dinner or post-dinner hyperglycemic event pattern, resulting in a filtered prioritized list of three event patterns that includes the lunch time variability event pattern, the pre-dinner hypoglycemic event pattern, and the fasting hyperglycemic event pattern.
  • The server 206 generates or otherwise provides (e.g., on or to the client application 212 on the client device 210) a pattern guidance display 120 associated with the lunch time variability event pattern that is preferentially displayed relative to (e.g., to the left of) the pattern guidance displays 130, 140 associated with the pre-dinner hypoglycemic event pattern and the fasting hyperglycemic event pattern, with the pre-dinner hypoglycemic guidance display 130 being preferentially displayed relative to the fasting hyperglycemic guidance display 140. As described above, the server 206 generates a marker 128 associated with the lunch time variability guidance display 120 having a position and dimension that encompasses, overlaps, or otherwise indicates the lunch time monitoring period that also includes an indication (e.g., the number 1) that the event pattern associated with the lunch time monitoring period is the highest priority event pattern detected. Similarly, the server 206 generates a second marker 138 having a position and dimension that encompasses, overlaps, or otherwise indicates the pre-dinner monitoring period and includes an indication (e.g., the number 2) that the event pattern associated with the pre-dinner monitoring period is the second highest priority event pattern detected, and the server 206 generates a third marker 148 having a position and dimension that encompasses, overlaps, or otherwise indicates the fasting monitoring period and includes an indication (e.g., the number 3) that the event pattern associated with the fasting monitoring period is the third highest priority event pattern detected.
  • FIG. 4 depicts an exemplary pattern guidance presentation process 400 suitable for implementation in conjunction with the snapshot presentation process 300 of FIG. 3 to generate pattern guidance displays within a pattern detection region of a snapshot GUI display, such as pattern guidance displays 120, 130, 140 within pattern detection region 106 of the snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 . The various tasks performed in connection with the pattern guidance presentation process 400 may be performed by hardware, firmware, software executed by processing circuitry, or any combination thereof. For illustrative purposes, the following description refers to elements mentioned above in connection with FIG. 2 . In practice, portions of the pattern guidance presentation process 400 may be performed by different elements of the patient management system 200; however, for purposes of explanation, the subject matter may be described in the context of the guidance presentation process 400 being performed by the server 206. It should be appreciated that the pattern guidance presentation process 400 may include any number of additional or alternative tasks, the tasks need not be performed in the illustrated order and/or the tasks may be performed concurrently, and/or the pattern guidance presentation process 400 may be incorporated into a more comprehensive procedure or process having additional functionality not described in detail herein. Moreover, one or more of the tasks shown and described in the context of FIG. 4 could be omitted from a practical embodiment of the pattern guidance presentation process 400 as long as the intended overall functionality remains intact.
  • In exemplary embodiments, the pattern guidance presentation process 400 is performed for each detected event pattern that remains in the filtered prioritized list (e.g., task 318) to populate the pattern detection region on a snapshot GUI display. The illustrated process 400 generates a header for the pattern guidance display based on the event type and monitoring period associated with the detected event pattern along with the priority of the detected event pattern in the filtered prioritized list (task 402). In this regard, the pattern guidance header identifies the type of event pattern that was detected, the monitoring period that event pattern was detected within, and the priority level associated with that event pattern based on the prioritization criteria. For example, referring to FIG. 1 , the server 206 generates a header region 122 for the first guidance display 120 within the event pattern region 106 that identifies the first event pattern is a variability event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “Variable SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a lunch time monitoring period, with the number one indicating the lunch time variability event is the highest priority event pattern detected. Similarly, the server 206 generates a header region 132 for the second guidance display 130 that identifies the second event pattern is a hypoglycemic event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “Low SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a pre-dinner monitoring period, with the number two indicating the pre-dinner hypoglycemic event is the second highest priority event pattern detected. The server 206 also generates a header region 142 for the third guidance display 140 that identifies the third event pattern is a hyperglycemic event with respect to the patient's sensor glucose values (e.g., “High SG”) and that the event pattern was detected within a fasting monitoring period, with the number three indicating the fasting hyperglycemic event is the third highest priority event pattern detected.
  • In exemplary embodiments, the guidance presentation process 400 also generates a graphical representation of the time of day corresponding to the respective monitoring periods associated with the displayed event patterns (task 404). In this manner, the time of day corresponding to a particular named monitoring period and the relationship between sensor glucose measurement values and that monitoring period may be made apparent to the user in conjunction with the markers 128, 138, 148 presented on the graph overlay region 108. For a monitoring period defined or otherwise referenced from another event or time (e.g., a meal announcement or maker), the server 206 may calculate or otherwise determine the end points for the current instance of that monitoring period within the current snapshot time period and provide graphical representation of that time period encompassing the period between those end points within the respective header region. For example, in FIG. 1 , the time of day associated with the current instance of the pre-dinner monitoring period associated with pattern guidance display 130 could be calculated or otherwise determined based on respective timings of meal announcements or markers during the current snapshot time period depicted in the graph overlay region 108 that occur in the evening, while accounting for any offset values that are stored in the database 208 in association with the current patient or user and define the boundaries of the pre-dinner monitoring period relative to those meal announcements. That said, default time period end points may also be used in the absence of sufficient meal announcements within a designated dinner time period (e.g., which could also be defined by default end point values or be customizable). For other monitoring periods, the server 206 may obtain the stored end points associated with that monitoring period in the database 208 for the current patient or user, and provide a graphical representation of the monitoring period time of day.
  • In the illustrated embodiment, the server 206 generates a graphical representation of the time of day associated with the lunch monitoring period (e.g., 11:00 AM-3:00 PM predefined lunch time period since insufficient evening meal announcements exist within that timeframe for calculating based on meal announcement timings) in the first header region 122, a graphical representation of the time of day associated with the pre-dinner monitoring period (e.g., the 5:00 PM-8:00 PM predefined time period since insufficient evening meal announcements exist within that timeframe for calculating based on meal announcement timings) in the second header region 132, and a graphical representation of the time of day associated with the fasting monitoring period (e.g., 5:00 AM-7:00 AM) in the third header region 142. As illustrated, the header may include a footnote symbol or other indicia that indicates whether a monitoring period capable of being adaptively and dynamically calculated based on meal announcements was able to be determined, and if not, provide indication that a fixed time of day is utilized due to insufficient meal announcements within a default timeframe (or predefined range of time) associated with that respective monitoring period.
  • Still referring to FIG. 4 , the guidance presentation process 400 also generates a graphical representation of one or more characteristics summarizing, quantifying or otherwise describing the nature of the displayed event patterns, such as, for example, the severity, frequency, intensity, or the like (task 406). Thus, a user may quickly ascertain the relative significance or impact of the individual events that resulted in the detected event pattern with respect to the patient's physiological condition during the snapshot time period in conjunction with the relative priority of that event pattern. It should be noted that any number of different characteristics or metrics that summarize, quantify or otherwise describe the nature of a detected event pattern or the individual component events of the event pattern may be determined and presented, and the subject matter is not intended to be limited to any particular characteristics or metric presented in a pattern guidance display.
  • For example, for a variability event pattern associated with a given monitoring period, the number of days that a variability event was detected within that monitoring period may be determined and presented, thereby providing indication of the frequency or regularity of the variability event. For example, in the embodiment of FIG. 1 , based on the sensor glucose measurement values corresponding to the lunch time monitoring period, the server 206 may calculate or otherwise determine that a variability event occurred on four different days within the snapshot time period and provide a graphical representation of the variability event frequency within an event pattern summary region 124 of the pattern guidance display 120 beneath the header region 122. In this example, a user may readily identify that the variability event is the highest priority event pattern detected within the snapshot time period while also identifying the occurrence of a variability event at during the lunch time period on every day of the snapshot time period, and thereby be apprised of the relative importance of addressing the lunch time variability event.
  • For low or high glucose event patterns, the number of days the sensor glucose measurement values violated one or more thresholds within that monitoring period or otherwise fell within distinct ranges of measurement values may also be determined and presented. For example, in the embodiment of FIG. 1 , based on the sensor glucose measurement values corresponding to the pre-dinner monitoring period, the server 206 may calculate or otherwise determine the number of days within the snapshot time period that the sensor glucose measurement values were within the range between a hypoglycemic glucose threshold (e.g., 50 mg/dL) and a lower glucose target range threshold (e.g., 70 mg/dL) and provide a corresponding graphical representation of the lower severity hypoglycemic event frequency within an event pattern summary region 134 of the pattern guidance display 130, while also determining the number of days within the snapshot time period that those sensor glucose measurement values were below the hypoglycemic glucose threshold and provide a corresponding graphical representation of the higher severity hypoglycemic event frequency within the event pattern summary region 134. Similarly, the server 206 may calculate or otherwise determine, based on the sensor glucose measurement values corresponding to the fasting monitoring period, the number of days within the snapshot time period that the sensor glucose measurement values were within the range between an upper target range threshold (e.g., 150 mg/dL) and a hyperglycemic glucose threshold (e.g., 250 mg/dL) and provide a corresponding graphical representation of the lower severity hyperglycemic event frequency within event pattern summary region 144, while also determining the number of days within the snapshot time period that those sensor glucose measurement values were above the hyperglycemic glucose threshold and provide a corresponding graphical representation of the higher severity hyperglycemic event frequency within the event pattern summary region 144.
  • Referring again to FIG. 4 , the guidance presentation process 400 also generates a graphical representation of one or more potential causes for the detected event pattern within the pattern guidance display (task 408). In this regard, the potential causes may be stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the particular combination of event type and monitoring period (or time of day), with the server 206 retrieving or otherwise obtaining the appropriate potential causes that correspond to the current combination of event type and monitoring period presented on the snapshot display. For example, to populate the event pattern analysis region 126 of the pattern guidance display 120, the server 206 accesses the database 208 to identify the list of potential causes associated with the variability event type that are also associated with the lunch time monitoring period (or a time of day between 11:00 AM and 3:00 PM) and then generates or otherwise provides a graphical representation of that list of causes in the analysis region 126. In some embodiments, the potential causes may be phrased in a manner that suggests remedial actions that can be taken to resolve or correct the event pattern. In other embodiments described in greater detail below in the context of FIGS. 13-16 , potential remedial actions (or corresponding logic rules for determining such remedial actions) may also be stored or otherwise maintained in the database 208 in association with the particular combination of event type and monitoring period (or time of day). In such embodiments, the server 206 may identify or otherwise determine the appropriate potential remedial actions (or logical rules therefor) that correspond to the current combination of event type and monitoring period presented on the snapshot display and then generate graphical representations of those remedial actions within the event pattern analysis region 126, 136, 146.
  • Referring to FIGS. 1-4 , by virtue of the subject matter described above, a user may quickly ascertain or otherwise identify the most significant event patterns detected within a particular time period being evaluated on the snapshot GUI display 100, while also being able to quickly ascertain the relative impact or significance of the constituent events with respect to the patient's glycemic control, the temporal characteristics or significance of those events, and the potential causes or remedial actions for those events at the times of day during which they were detected. This is particularly useful in the context of a patient management system, such as patient management system 200 of FIG. 2 , where the doctor or other medical professional or healthcare provider monitoring the glycemic control of the patient associated with the infusion device 202 utilizes a client device 210 to access and review historical data associated with the patient over a select period of time from the database 208 via the server 206. In exemplary embodiments, the server 206 generates or otherwise provides a snapshot GUI display 100 within a client application 212 on the client device 210 that includes pattern guidance displays 120, 130, 140 associated with the highest priority event patterns detected based on the patient's historical measurement data within the desired evaluation period in conjunction with a performance metric region 104 and graph overlay region 108 that also reflect the patient's historical measurement data within the desired evaluation period. As a result, the snapshot GUI display 100 allows the user of the client device 210 to quickly assess the general characteristics or nature of the glycemic control for the patient achieved by the infusion device 202, while also apprising the user of the most notable event patterns detected within the desired evaluation period, their relative significance or impact, and their potential causes or remedies. Thus, the snapshot GUI display 100 can aid a doctor or other care provider seeking to integrate continuous glucose monitoring and/or other autonomous glucose regulation by the infusion device 202 into his or her practice in an efficient manner by detecting, prioritizing, filtering, and characterizing event patterns automatically (e.g., without requiring manual input or analysis). This, in turn, facilitates improved patient outcomes.
  • Diabetes Data Management System Overview
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a computing device 500 including a display 533 suitable for presenting a snapshot GUI display 100 as part of a diabetes data management system in conjunction with the processes 300, 400 of FIGS. 3-4 described above. The diabetes data management system (DDMS) may be referred to as the Medtronic MiniMed CARELINK™ system or as a medical data management system (MDMS) in some embodiments. The DDMS may be housed on a server or a plurality of servers which a user or a health care professional may access via a communications network via the Internet or the World Wide Web. Some models of the DDMS, which is described as an MDMS, are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2006/0031094 and 2013/0338630, which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • While description of embodiments may be made in regard to monitoring medical or biological conditions for subjects having diabetes, the systems and processes herein are applicable to monitoring medical or biological conditions for cardiac subjects, cancer subjects, HIV subjects, subjects with other disease, infection, or controllable conditions, or various combinations thereof.
  • In embodiments of the invention, the DDMS may be installed in a computing device in a health care provider's office, such as a doctor's office, a nurse's office, a clinic, an emergency room, an urgent care office. Health care providers may be reluctant to utilize a system where their confidential patient data is to be stored in a computing device such as a server on the Internet.
  • The DDMS may be installed on a computing device 500. The computing device 500 may be coupled to a display 533. In some embodiments, the computing device 500 may be in a physical device separate from the display (such as in a personal computer, a mini-computer, etc.) In some embodiments, the computing device 500 may be in a single physical enclosure or device with the display 533 such as a laptop where the display 533 is integrated into the computing device. In embodiments of the invention, the computing device 500 hosting the DDMS may be, but is not limited to, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a server, a network computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a portable telephone including computer functions, a pager with a large visible display, an insulin pump including a display, a glucose sensor including a display, a glucose meter including a display, and/or a combination insulin pump/glucose sensor having a display. The computing device may also be an insulin pump coupled to a display, a glucose meter coupled to a display, or a glucose sensor coupled to a display. The computing device 500 may also be a server located on the Internet that is accessible via a browser installed on a laptop computer, desktop computer, a network computer, or a PDA. The computing device 500 may also be a server located in a doctor's office that is accessible via a browser installed on a portable computing device, e.g., laptop, PDA, network computer, portable phone, which has wireless capabilities and can communicate via one of the wireless communication protocols such as Bluetooth and IEEE 802.11 protocols.
  • In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , the data management system 516 comprises a group of interrelated software modules or layers that specialize in different tasks. The system software includes a device communication layer 524, a data parsing layer 526, a database layer 528, database storage devices 529, a reporting layer 530, a graph display layer 531, and a user interface layer 532. The diabetes data management system may communicate with a plurality of subject support devices 512, two of which are illustrated in FIG. 5 . Although the different reference numerals refer to a number of layers, (e.g., a device communication layer, a data parsing layer, a database layer), each layer may include a single software module or a plurality of software modules. For example, the device communications layer 524 may include a number of interacting software modules, libraries, etc. In embodiments of the invention, the data management system 516 may be installed onto a non-volatile storage area (memory such as flash memory, hard disk, removable hard, DVD-RW, CD-RW) of the computing device 500. If the data management system 516 is selected or initiated, the system 516 may be loaded into a volatile storage (memory such as DRAM, SRAM, RAM, DDRAM) for execution.
  • The device communication layer 524 is responsible for interfacing with at least one, and, in further embodiments, to a plurality of different types of subject support devices 512, such as, for example, blood glucose meters, glucose sensors/monitors, or an infusion pump. In one embodiment, the device communication layer 524 may be configured to communicate with a single type of subject support device 512. However, in more comprehensive embodiments, the device communication layer 524 is configured to communicate with multiple different types of subject support devices 512, such as devices made from multiple different manufacturers, multiple different models from a particular manufacturer and/or multiple different devices that provide different functions (such as infusion functions, sensing functions, metering functions, communication functions, user interface functions, or combinations thereof). By providing an ability to interface with multiple different types of subject support devices 512, the diabetes data management system 516 may collect data from a significantly greater number of discrete sources. Such embodiments may provide expanded and improved data analysis capabilities by including a greater number of subjects and groups of subjects in statistical or other forms of analysis that can benefit from larger amounts of sample data and/or greater diversity in sample data, and, thereby, improve capabilities of determining appropriate treatment parameters, diagnostics, or the like.
  • The device communication layer 524 allows the DDMS 516 to receive information from and transmit information to or from each subject support device 512 in the system 516. Depending upon the embodiment and context of use, the type of information that may be communicated between the system 516 and device 512 may include, but is not limited to, data, programs, updated software, education materials, warning messages, notifications, device settings, therapy parameters, or the like. The device communication layer 524 may include suitable routines for detecting the type of subject support device 512 in communication with the system 516 and implementing appropriate communication protocols for that type of device 512. Alternatively, or in addition, the subject support device 512 may communicate information in packets or other data arrangements, where the communication includes a preamble or other portion that includes device identification information for identifying the type of the subject support device. Alternatively, or in addition, the subject support device 512 may include suitable user-operable interfaces for allowing a user to enter information, such as by selecting an optional icon or text or other device identifier that corresponds to the type of subject support device used by that user. Such information may be communicated to the system 516, through a network connection. In yet further embodiments, the system 516 may detect the type of subject support device 512 it is communicating with in the manner described above and then may send a message requiring the user to verify that the system 516 properly detected the type of subject support device being used by the user. For systems 516 that are capable of communicating with multiple different types of subject support devices 512, the device communication layer 524 may be capable of implementing multiple different communication protocols and selects a protocol that is appropriate for the detected type of subject support device.
  • The data-parsing layer 526 is responsible for validating the integrity of device data received and for inputting it correctly into a database 529. A cyclic redundancy check (CRC) process for checking the integrity of the received data may be employed. Alternatively, or in addition, data may be received in packets or other data arrangements, where preambles or other portions of the data include device type identification information. Such preambles or other portions of the received data may further include device serial numbers or other identification information that may be used for validating the authenticity of the received information. In such embodiments, the system 516 may compare received identification information with pre-stored information to evaluate whether the received information is from a valid source.
  • The database layer 528 may include a centralized database repository that is responsible for warehousing and archiving stored data in an organized format for later access, and retrieval. The database layer 528 operates with one or more data storage device(s) 529 suitable for storing and providing access to data in the manner described herein. Such data storage device(s) 529 may comprise, for example, one or more hard discs, optical discs, tapes, digital libraries or other suitable digital or analog storage media and associated drive devices, drive arrays or the like.
  • Data may be stored and archived for various purposes, depending upon the embodiment and environment of use. Information regarding specific subjects and patient support devices may be stored and archived and made available to those specific subjects, their authorized healthcare providers and/or authorized healthcare payor entities for analyzing the subject's condition. Also, certain information regarding groups of subjects or groups of subject support devices may be made available more generally for healthcare providers, subjects, personnel of the entity administering the system 516 or other entities, for analyzing group data or other forms of conglomerate data.
  • Embodiments of the database layer 528 and other components of the system 516 may employ suitable data security measures for securing personal medical information of subjects, while also allowing non-personal medical information to be more generally available for analysis. Embodiments may be configured for compliance with suitable government regulations, industry standards, policies or the like, including, but not limited to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA).
  • The database layer 528 may be configured to limit access of each user to types of information pre-authorized for that user. For example, a subject may be allowed access to his or her individual medical information (with individual identifiers) stored by the database layer 528, but not allowed access to other subject's individual medical information (with individual identifiers). Similarly, a subject's authorized healthcare provider or payor entity may be provided access to some or all of the subject's individual medical information (with individual identifiers) stored by the database layer 528, but not allowed access to another individual's personal information. Also, an operator or administrator-user (on a separate computer communicating with the computing device 500) may be provided access to some or all subject information, depending upon the role of the operator or administrator. On the other hand, a subject, healthcare provider, operator, administrator or other entity, may be authorized to access general information of unidentified individuals, groups or conglomerates (without individual identifiers) stored by the database layer 528 in the data storage devices 529.
  • In embodiments of the invention, the database layer 528 may store preference profiles. In the database layer 528, for example, each user may store information regarding specific parameters that correspond to the user. Illustratively, these parameters could include target blood glucose or sensor glucose levels, what type of equipment the users utilize (insulin pump, glucose sensor, blood glucose meter, etc.) and could be stored in a record, a file, or a memory location in the data storage device(s) 529 in the database layer. As described above, preference profiles may include various threshold values, monitoring period values, prioritization criteria, filtering criteria, and/or other user-specific values for parameters utilized by the processes 300, 400 described above to generate a snapshot GUI display, such as snapshot GUI display 100, on the display 533 or a support device 512 in a personalized or patient-specific manner.
  • The DDMS 516 may measure, analyze, and track either blood glucose (BG) or sensor glucose (SG) readings for a user. In embodiments of the invention, the medical data management system may measure, track, or analyze both BG and SG readings for the user. Accordingly, although certain reports may mention or illustrate BG or SG only, the reports may monitor and display results for the other one of the glucose readings or for both of the glucose readings.
  • The reporting layer 530 may include a report wizard program that pulls data from selected locations in the database 529 and generates report information from the desired parameters of interest. The reporting layer 530 may be configured to generate multiple different types of reports, each having different information and/or showing information in different formats (arrangements or styles), where the type of report may be selectable by the user. A plurality of pre-set types of report (with pre-defined types of content and format) may be available and selectable by a user. At least some of the pre-set types of reports may be common, industry standard report types with which many healthcare providers should be familiar. In exemplary embodiments described herein, the reporting layer 530 also facilitates generation of a snapshot report including a snapshot GUI display, such as snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 .
  • In embodiments of the invention, the database layer 528 may calculate values for various medical information that is to be displayed on the reports generated by the report or reporting layer 530. For example, the database layer 528 may calculate average blood glucose or sensor glucose readings for specified timeframes. In embodiments of the invention, the reporting layer 530 may calculate values for medical or physical information that is to be displayed on the reports. For example, a user may select parameters which are then utilized by the reporting layer 530 to generate medical information values corresponding to the selected parameters. In other embodiments of the invention, the user may select a parameter profile that previously existed in the database layer 528.
  • Alternatively, or in addition, the report wizard may allow a user to design a custom type of report. For example, the report wizard may allow a user to define and input parameters (such as parameters specifying the type of content data, the time period of such data, the format of the report, or the like) and may select data from the database and arrange the data in a printable or displayable arrangement, based on the user-defined parameters. In further embodiments, the report wizard may interface with or provide data for use by other programs that may be available to users, such as common report generating, formatting or statistical analysis programs. In this manner, users may import data from the system 516 into further reporting tools familiar to the user. The reporting layer 530 may generate reports in displayable form to allow a user to view reports on a standard display device, printable form to allow a user to print reports on standard printers, or other suitable forms for access by a user. Embodiments may operate with conventional file format schemes for simplifying storing, printing and transmitting functions, including, but not limited to PDF, JPEG, or the like. Illustratively, a user may select a type of report and parameters for the report and the reporting layer 530 may create the report in a PDF format. A PDF plug-in may be initiated to help create the report and also to allow the user to view the report. Under these operating conditions, the user may print the report utilizing the PDF plug-in. In certain embodiments in which security measures are implemented, for example, to meet government regulations, industry standards or policies that restrict communication of subject's personal information, some or all reports may be generated in a form (or with suitable software controls) to inhibit printing, or electronic transfer (such as a non-printable and/or non-capable format). In yet further embodiments, the system 516 may allow a user generating a report to designate the report as non-printable and/or non-transferable, whereby the system 516 will provide the report in a form that inhibits printing and/or electronic transfer.
  • The reporting layer 530 may transfer selected reports to the graph display layer 531. The graph display layer 531 receives information regarding the selected reports and converts the data into a format that can be displayed or shown on a display 533.
  • In embodiments of the invention, the reporting layer 530 may store a number of the user's parameters. Illustratively, the reporting layer 530 may store the type of carbohydrate units, a blood glucose movement or sensor glucose reading, a carbohydrate conversion factor, and timeframes for specific types of reports. These examples are meant to be illustrative and not limiting.
  • Data analysis and presentations of the reported information may be employed to develop and support diagnostic and therapeutic parameters. Where information on the report relates to an individual subject, the diagnostic and therapeutic parameters may be used to assess the health status and relative well-being of that subject, assess the subject's compliance to a therapy, as well as to develop or modify treatment for the subject and assess the subject's behaviors that affect his/her therapy. Where information on the report relates to groups of subjects or conglomerates of data, the diagnostic and therapeutic parameters may be used to assess the health status and relative well-being of groups of subjects with similar medical conditions, such as, but not limited to, diabetic subjects, cardiac subjects, diabetic subjects having a particular type of diabetes or cardiac condition, subjects of a particular age, sex or other demographic group, subjects with conditions that influence therapeutic decisions such as but not limited to pregnancy, obesity, hypoglycemic unawareness, learning disorders, limited ability to care for self, various levels of insulin resistance, combinations thereof, or the like.
  • The user interface layer 532 supports interactions with the end user, for example, for user login and data access, software navigation, data input, user selection of desired report types and the display of selected information. Users may also input parameters to be utilized in the selected reports via the user interface layer 532. Examples of users include but are not limited to: healthcare providers, healthcare payer entities, system operators or administrators, researchers, business entities, healthcare institutions and organizations, or the like, depending upon the service being provided by the system and depending upon the invention embodiment. More comprehensive embodiments are capable of interacting with some or all of the above-noted types of users, wherein different types of users have access to different services or data or different levels of services or data.
  • In an example embodiment, the user interface layer 532 provides one or more websites accessible by users on the Internet. The user interface layer may include or operate with at least one (or multiple) suitable network server(s) to provide the website(s) over the Internet and to allow access, world-wide, from Internet-connected computers using standard Internet browser software. The website(s) may be accessed by various types of users, including but not limited to subjects, healthcare providers, researchers, business entities, healthcare institutions and organizations, payor entities, pharmaceutical partners or other sources of pharmaceuticals or medical equipment, and/or support personnel or other personnel running the system 516, depending upon the embodiment of use.
  • In another example embodiment, where the DDMS 516 is located on one computing device 500, the user interface layer 532 provides a number of menus to the user to navigate through the DDMS. These menus may be created utilizing any menu format, including but not limited to HTML, XML, or Active Server pages. A user may access the DDMS 516 to perform one or more of a variety of tasks, such as accessing general information made available on a website to all subjects or groups of subjects. The user interface layer 532 of the DDMS 516 may allow a user to access specific information or to generate reports regarding that subject's medical condition or that subject's medical device(s) 512, to transfer data or other information from that subject's support device(s) 512 to the system 516, to transfer data, programs, program updates or other information from the system 516 to the subject's support device(s) 512, to manually enter information into the system 516, to engage in a remote consultation exchange with a healthcare provider, or to modify the custom settings in a subject's supported device and/or in a subject's DDMS/MDMS data file.
  • The system 516 may provide access to different optional resources or activities (including accessing different information items and services) to different users and to different types or groups of users, such that each user may have a customized experience and/or each type or group of users (e.g., all users, diabetic users, cardio users, healthcare provider-user or payor-user, or the like) may have a different set of information items or services available on the system. The system 516 may include or employ one or more suitable resource provisioning program or system for allocating appropriate resources to each user or type of user, based on a pre-defined authorization plan. Resource provisioning systems are well known in connection with provisioning of electronic office resources (email, software programs under license, sensitive data, etc.) in an office environment, for example, in a local area network LAN for an office, company or firm. In one example embodiment, such resource provisioning systems is adapted to control access to medical information and services on the DDMS 516, based on the type of user and/or the identity of the user.
  • Upon entering successful verification of the user's identification information and password, the user may be provided access to secure, personalized information stored on the DDMS 516. For example, the user may be provided access to a secure, personalized location in the DDMS 516 which has been assigned to the subject. This personalized location may be referred to as a personalized screen, a home screen, a home menu, a personalized page, etc. The personalized location may provide a personalized home screen to the subject, including selectable icons or menu items for selecting optional activities, including, for example, an option to transfer device data from a subject's supported device 512 to the system 516, manually enter additional data into the system 516, modify the subject's custom settings, and/or view and print reports. Reports may include data specific to the subject's condition, including but not limited to, data obtained from the subject's support device(s) 512, data manually entered, data from medical libraries or other networked therapy management systems, data from the subjects or groups of subjects, or the like. Where the reports include subject-specific information and subject identification information, the reports may be generated from some or all subject data stored in a secure storage area (e.g., storage devices 529) employed by the database layer 528.
  • The user may select an option to transfer (send) device data to the medical data management system 516. If the system 516 receives a user's request to transfer device data to the system, the system 516 may provide the user with step-by-step instructions on how to transfer data from the subject's supported device(s) 512. For example, the DDMS 516 may have a plurality of different stored instruction sets for instructing users how to download data from different types of subject support devices, where each instruction set relates to a particular type of subject supported device (e.g., pump, sensor, meter, or the like), a particular manufacturer's version of a type of subject support device, or the like. Registration information received from the user during registration may include information regarding the type of subject support device(s) 512 used by the subject. The system 516 employs that information to select the stored instruction set(s) associated with the particular subject's support device(s) 512 for display to the user.
  • Other activities or resources available to the user on the system 516 may include an option for manually entering information to the DDMS/MDMS 516. For example, from the user's personalized menu or location, the user may select an option to manually enter additional information into the system 516.
  • Further optional activities or resources may be available to the user on the DDMS 516. For example, from the user's personalized menu, the user may select an option to receive data, software, software updates, treatment recommendations or other information from the system 516 on the subject's support device(s) 512. If the system 516 receives a request from a user to receive data, software, software updates, treatment recommendations or other information, the system 516 may provide the user with a list or other arrangement of multiple selectable icons or other indicia representing available data, software, software updates or other information available to the user.
  • Yet further optional activities or resources may be available to the user on the medical data management system 516 including, for example, an option for the user to customize or otherwise further personalize the user's personalized location or menu. In particular, from the user's personalized location, the user may select an option to customize parameters for the user. In addition, the user may create profiles of customizable parameters. When the system 516 receives such a request from a user, the system 516 may provide the user with a list or other arrangement of multiple selectable icons or other indicia representing parameters that may be modified to accommodate the user's preferences. When a user selects one or more of the icons or other indicia, the system 516 may receive the user's request and makes the requested modification.
  • Infusion System Overview
  • FIG. 6 depicts one exemplary embodiment of an infusion system 600 that includes, without limitation, a fluid infusion device (or infusion pump) 602, a sensing arrangement 604, a command control device (CCD) 606, and a computer 608, which could be realized as any one of the computing devices 206, 210, 500, 512 described above. The components of an infusion system 600 may be realized using different platforms, designs, and configurations, and the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 is not exhaustive or limiting. In practice, the infusion device 602 and the sensing arrangement 604 are secured at desired locations on the body of a user (or patient), as illustrated in FIG. 6 . In this regard, the locations at which the infusion device 602 and the sensing arrangement 604 are secured to the body of the user in FIG. 6 are provided only as a representative, non-limiting, example. The elements of the infusion system 600 may be similar to those described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,674,288, the subject matter of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 6 , the infusion device 602 is designed as a portable medical device suitable for infusing a fluid, a liquid, a gel, or other agent into the body of a user. In exemplary embodiments, the infused fluid is insulin, although many other fluids may be administered through infusion such as, but not limited to, HIV drugs, drugs to treat pulmonary hypertension, iron chelation drugs, pain medications, anti-cancer treatments, medications, vitamins, hormones, or the like. In some embodiments, the fluid may include a nutritional supplement, a dye, a tracing medium, a saline medium, a hydration medium, or the like.
  • The sensing arrangement 604 generally represents the components of the infusion system 600 configured to sense, detect, measure or otherwise quantify a condition of the user, and may include a sensor, a monitor, or the like, for providing data indicative of the condition that is sensed, detected, measured or otherwise monitored by the sensing arrangement. In this regard, the sensing arrangement 604 may include electronics and enzymes reactive to a biological or physiological condition of the user, such as a blood glucose level, or the like, and provide data indicative of the blood glucose level to the infusion device 602, the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608. For example, the infusion device 602, the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 may include a display for presenting information or data to the user based on the sensor data received from the sensing arrangement 604, such as, for example, a current glucose level of the user, a graph or chart of the user's glucose level versus time, device status indicators, alert messages, or the like. In other embodiments, the infusion device 602, the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 may include electronics and software that are configured to analyze sensor data and operate the infusion device 602 to deliver fluid to the body of the user based on the sensor data and/or preprogrammed delivery routines. Thus, in exemplary embodiments, one or more of the infusion device 602, the sensing arrangement 604, the CCD 606, and/or the computer 608 includes a transmitter, a receiver, and/or other transceiver electronics that allow for communication with other components of the infusion system 600, so that the sensing arrangement 604 may transmit sensor data or monitor data to one or more of the infusion device 602, the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608.
  • Still referring to FIG. 6 , in various embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 may be secured to the body of the user or embedded in the body of the user at a location that is remote from the location at which the infusion device 602 is secured to the body of the user. In various other embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 may be incorporated within the infusion device 602. In other embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 may be separate and apart from the infusion device 602, and may be, for example, part of the CCD 606. In such embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 may be configured to receive a biological sample, analyte, or the like, to measure a condition of the user.
  • In various embodiments, the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 may include electronics and other components configured to perform processing, delivery routine storage, and to control the infusion device 602 in a manner that is influenced by sensor data measured by and/or received from the sensing arrangement 604. By including control functions in the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608, the infusion device 602 may be made with more simplified electronics. However, in other embodiments, the infusion device 602 may include all control functions, and may operate without the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608. In various embodiments, the CCD 606 may be a portable electronic device. In addition, in various embodiments, the infusion device 602 and/or the sensing arrangement 604 may be configured to transmit data to the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 for display or processing of the data by the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608.
  • In some embodiments, the CCD 606 and/or the computer 608 may provide information to the user that facilitates the user's subsequent use of the infusion device 602. For example, the CCD 606 may provide information to the user to allow the user to determine the rate or dose of medication to be administered into the user's body. In other embodiments, the CCD 606 may provide information to the infusion device 602 to autonomously control the rate or dose of medication administered into the body of the user. In some embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 may be integrated into the CCD 606. Such embodiments may allow the user to monitor a condition by providing, for example, a sample of his or her blood to the sensing arrangement 604 to assess his or her condition. In some embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 and the CCD 606 may be used for determining glucose levels in the blood and/or body fluids of the user without the use of, or necessity of, a wire or cable connection between the infusion device 602 and the sensing arrangement 604 and/or the CCD 606.
  • In one or more exemplary embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 and/or the infusion device 602 are cooperatively configured to utilize a closed-loop system for delivering fluid to the user. Examples of sensing devices and/or infusion pumps utilizing closed-loop systems may be found at, but are not limited to, the following U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,088,608, 6,119,028, 6,589,229, 6,740,072, 6,827,702, 7,323,142, and 7,402,153, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In such embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 is configured to sense or measure a condition of the user, such as, blood glucose level or the like. The infusion device 602 is configured to deliver fluid in response to the condition sensed by the sensing arrangement 604. In turn, the sensing arrangement 604 continues to sense or otherwise quantify a current condition of the user, thereby allowing the infusion device 602 to deliver fluid continuously in response to the condition currently (or most recently) sensed by the sensing arrangement 604 indefinitely. In some embodiments, the sensing arrangement 604 and/or the infusion device 602 may be configured to utilize the closed-loop system only for a portion of the day, for example only when the user is asleep or awake.
  • FIGS. 7-9 depict one exemplary embodiment of a fluid infusion device 700 (or alternatively, infusion pump) suitable for use in an infusion system, such as, for example, as infusion device 602 in the infusion system 600 of FIG. 6 . The fluid infusion device 700 is a portable medical device designed to be carried or worn by a patient (or user), and the fluid infusion device 700 may leverage any number of conventional features, components, elements, and characteristics of existing fluid infusion devices, such as, for example, some of the features, components, elements, and/or characteristics described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,485,465 and 7,621,893. It should be appreciated that FIGS. 7-9 depict some aspects of the infusion device 700 in a simplified manner; in practice, the infusion device 700 could include additional elements, features, or components that are not shown or described in detail herein.
  • As best illustrated in FIGS. 7-8 , the illustrated embodiment of the fluid infusion device 700 includes a housing 702 adapted to receive a fluid-containing reservoir 705. An opening 720 in the housing 702 accommodates a fitting 723 (or cap) for the reservoir 705, with the fitting 723 being configured to mate or otherwise interface with tubing 721 of an infusion set 725 that provides a fluid path to/from the body of the user. In this manner, fluid communication from the interior of the reservoir 705 to the user is established via the tubing 721. The illustrated fluid infusion device 700 includes a human-machine interface (HMI) 730 (or user interface) that includes elements 732, 734 that can be manipulated by the user to administer a bolus of fluid (e.g., insulin), to change therapy settings, to change user preferences, to select display features, and the like. The infusion device also includes a display element 726, such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) or another suitable display element, that can be used to present various types of information or data to the user, such as, without limitation: the current glucose level of the patient; the time; a graph or chart of the patient's glucose level versus time; device status indicators; etc.
  • The housing 702 is formed from a substantially rigid material having a hollow interior 714 adapted to allow an electronics assembly 704, a sliding member (or slide) 706, a drive system 708, a sensor assembly 710, and a drive system capping member 712 to be disposed therein in addition to the reservoir 705, with the contents of the housing 702 being enclosed by a housing capping member 716. The opening 720, the slide 706, and the drive system 708 are coaxially aligned in an axial direction (indicated by arrow 718), whereby the drive system 708 facilitates linear displacement of the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 to dispense fluid from the reservoir 705 (after the reservoir 705 has been inserted into opening 720), with the sensor assembly 710 being configured to measure axial forces (e.g., forces aligned with the axial direction 718) exerted on the sensor assembly 710 responsive to operating the drive system 708 to displace the slide 706. In various embodiments, the sensor assembly 710 may be utilized to detect one or more of the following: an occlusion in a fluid path that slows, prevents, or otherwise degrades fluid delivery from the reservoir 705 to a user's body; when the reservoir 705 is empty; when the slide 706 is properly seated with the reservoir 705; when a fluid dose has been delivered; when the infusion pump 700 is subjected to shock or vibration; when the infusion pump 700 requires maintenance.
  • Depending on the embodiment, the fluid-containing reservoir 705 may be realized as a syringe, a vial, a cartridge, a bag, or the like. In certain embodiments, the infused fluid is insulin, although many other fluids may be administered through infusion such as, but not limited to, HIV drugs, drugs to treat pulmonary hypertension, iron chelation drugs, pain medications, anti-cancer treatments, medications, vitamins, hormones, or the like. As best illustrated in FIGS. 8-9 , the reservoir 705 typically includes a reservoir barrel 719 that contains the fluid and is concentrically and/or coaxially aligned with the slide 706 (e.g., in the axial direction 718) when the reservoir 705 is inserted into the infusion pump 700. The end of the reservoir 705 proximate the opening 720 may include or otherwise mate with the fitting 723, which secures the reservoir 705 in the housing 702 and prevents displacement of the reservoir 705 in the axial direction 718 with respect to the housing 702 after the reservoir 705 is inserted into the housing 702. As described above, the fitting 723 extends from (or through) the opening 720 of the housing 702 and mates with tubing 721 to establish fluid communication from the interior of the reservoir 705 (e.g., reservoir barrel 719) to the user via the tubing 721 and infusion set 725. The opposing end of the reservoir 705 proximate the slide 706 includes a plunger 717 (or stopper) positioned to push fluid from inside the barrel 719 of the reservoir 705 along a fluid path through tubing 721 to a user. The slide 706 is configured to mechanically couple or otherwise engage with the plunger 717, thereby becoming seated with the plunger 717 and/or reservoir 705. Fluid is forced from the reservoir 705 via tubing 721 as the drive system 708 is operated to displace the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 toward the opening 720 in the housing 702.
  • In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 8-9 , the drive system 708 includes a motor assembly 707 and a drive screw 709. The motor assembly 707 includes a motor that is coupled to drive train components of the drive system 708 that are configured to convert rotational motor motion to a translational displacement of the slide 706 in the axial direction 718, and thereby engaging and displacing the plunger 717 of the reservoir 705 in the axial direction 718. In some embodiments, the motor assembly 707 may also be powered to translate the slide 706 in the opposing direction (e.g., the direction opposite direction 718) to retract and/or detach from the reservoir 705 to allow the reservoir 705 to be replaced. In exemplary embodiments, the motor assembly 707 includes a brushless DC (BLDC) motor having one or more permanent magnets mounted, affixed, or otherwise disposed on its rotor. However, the subject matter described herein is not necessarily limited to use with BLDC motors, and in alternative embodiments, the motor may be realized as a solenoid motor, an AC motor, a stepper motor, a piezoelectric caterpillar drive, a shape memory actuator drive, an electrochemical gas cell, a thermally driven gas cell, a bimetallic actuator, or the like. The drive train components may comprise one or more lead screws, cams, ratchets, jacks, pulleys, pawls, clamps, gears, nuts, slides, bearings, levers, beams, stoppers, plungers, sliders, brackets, guides, bearings, supports, bellows, caps, diaphragms, bags, heaters, or the like. In this regard, although the illustrated embodiment of the infusion pump utilizes a coaxially aligned drive train, the motor could be arranged in an offset or otherwise non-coaxial manner, relative to the longitudinal axis of the reservoir 705.
  • As best shown in FIG. 9 , the drive screw 709 mates with threads 902 internal to the slide 706. When the motor assembly 707 is powered and operated, the drive screw 709 rotates, and the slide 706 is forced to translate in the axial direction 718. In an exemplary embodiment, the infusion pump 700 includes a sleeve 711 to prevent the slide 706 from rotating when the drive screw 709 of the drive system 708 rotates. Thus, rotation of the drive screw 709 causes the slide 706 to extend or retract relative to the drive motor assembly 707. When the fluid infusion device is assembled and operational, the slide 706 contacts the plunger 717 to engage the reservoir 705 and control delivery of fluid from the infusion pump 700. In an exemplary embodiment, the shoulder portion 715 of the slide 706 contacts or otherwise engages the plunger 717 to displace the plunger 717 in the axial direction 718. In alternative embodiments, the slide 706 may include a threaded tip 713 capable of being detachably engaged with internal threads 904 on the plunger 717 of the reservoir 705, as described in detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,248,093 and 6,485,465, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 8 , the electronics assembly 704 includes control electronics 724 coupled to the display element 726, with the housing 702 including a transparent window portion 728 that is aligned with the display element 726 to allow the display 726 to be viewed by the user when the electronics assembly 704 is disposed within the interior 714 of the housing 702. The control electronics 724 generally represent the hardware, firmware, processing logic and/or software (or combinations thereof) configured to control operation of the motor assembly 707 and/or drive system 708, as described in greater detail below in the context of FIG. 10 . Whether such functionality is implemented as hardware, firmware, a state machine, or software depends upon the particular application and design constraints imposed on the embodiment. Those familiar with the concepts described here may implement such functionality in a suitable manner for each particular application, but such implementation decisions should not be interpreted as being restrictive or limiting. In an exemplary embodiment, the control electronics 724 includes one or more programmable controllers that may be programmed to control operation of the infusion pump 700.
  • The motor assembly 707 includes one or more electrical leads 736 adapted to be electrically coupled to the electronics assembly 704 to establish communication between the control electronics 724 and the motor assembly 707. In response to command signals from the control electronics 724 that operate a motor driver (e.g., a power converter) to regulate the amount of power supplied to the motor from a power supply, the motor actuates the drive train components of the drive system 708 to displace the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 to force fluid from the reservoir 705 along a fluid path (including tubing 721 and an infusion set), thereby administering doses of the fluid contained in the reservoir 705 into the user's body. Preferably, the power supply is realized one or more batteries contained within the housing 702. Alternatively, the power supply may be a solar panel, capacitor, AC or DC power supplied through a power cord, or the like. In some embodiments, the control electronics 724 may operate the motor of the motor assembly 707 and/or drive system 708 in a stepwise manner, typically on an intermittent basis; to administer discrete precise doses of the fluid to the user according to programmed delivery profiles.
  • Referring to FIGS. 7-9 , as described above, the user interface 730 includes HMI elements, such as buttons 732 and a directional pad 734, that are formed on a graphic keypad overlay 731 that overlies a keypad assembly 733, which includes features corresponding to the buttons 732, directional pad 734 or other user interface items indicated by the graphic keypad overlay 731. When assembled, the keypad assembly 733 is coupled to the control electronics 724, thereby allowing the HMI elements 732, 734 to be manipulated by the user to interact with the control electronics 724 and control operation of the infusion pump 700, for example, to administer a bolus of insulin, to change therapy settings, to change user preferences, to select display features, to set or disable alarms and reminders, and the like. In this regard, the control electronics 724 maintains and/or provides information to the display 726 regarding program parameters, delivery profiles, pump operation, alarms, warnings, statuses, or the like, which may be adjusted using the HMI elements 732, 734. In various embodiments, the HMI elements 732, 734 may be realized as physical objects (e.g., buttons, knobs, joysticks, and the like) or virtual objects (e.g., using touch-sensing and/or proximity-sensing technologies). For example, in some embodiments, the display 726 may be realized as a touch screen or touch-sensitive display, and in such embodiments, the features and/or functionality of the HMI elements 732, 734 may be integrated into the display 726 and the HMI 730 may not be present. In some embodiments, the electronics assembly 704 may also include alert generating elements coupled to the control electronics 724 and suitably configured to generate one or more types of feedback, such as, without limitation: audible feedback; visual feedback; haptic (physical) feedback; or the like.
  • Referring to FIGS. 8-9 , in accordance with one or more embodiments, the sensor assembly 710 includes a back plate structure 750 and a loading element 760. The loading element 760 is disposed between the capping member 712 and a beam structure 770 that includes one or more beams having sensing elements disposed thereon that are influenced by compressive force applied to the sensor assembly 710 that deflects the one or more beams, as described in greater detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,474,332, which is incorporated by reference herein. In exemplary embodiments, the back plate structure 750 is affixed, adhered, mounted, or otherwise mechanically coupled to the bottom surface 738 of the drive system 708 such that the back plate structure 750 resides between the bottom surface 738 of the drive system 708 and the housing cap 716. The drive system capping member 712 is contoured to accommodate and conform to the bottom of the sensor assembly 710 and the drive system 708. The drive system capping member 712 may be affixed to the interior of the housing 702 to prevent displacement of the sensor assembly 710 in the direction opposite the direction of force provided by the drive system 708 (e.g., the direction opposite direction 718). Thus, the sensor assembly 710 is positioned between the motor assembly 707 and secured by the capping member 712, which prevents displacement of the sensor assembly 710 in a downward direction opposite the direction of arrow 718, such that the sensor assembly 710 is subjected to a reactionary compressive force when the drive system 708 and/or motor assembly 707 is operated to displace the slide 706 in the axial direction 718 in opposition to the fluid pressure in the reservoir 705. Under normal operating conditions, the compressive force applied to the sensor assembly 710 is correlated with the fluid pressure in the reservoir 705. As shown, electrical leads 740 are adapted to electrically couple the sensing elements of the sensor assembly 710 to the electronics assembly 704 to establish communication to the control electronics 724, wherein the control electronics 724 are configured to measure, receive, or otherwise obtain electrical signals from the sensing elements of the sensor assembly 710 that are indicative of the force applied by the drive system 708 in the axial direction 718.
  • FIG. 10 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a control system 1000 suitable for use with an infusion device 1002, such as any one of the infusion devices 202, 602, 700 described above. The control system 1000 is capable of controlling or otherwise regulating a physiological condition in the body 1001 of a user to a desired (or target) value or otherwise maintain the condition within a range of acceptable values in an automated or autonomous manner. In one or more exemplary embodiments, the condition being regulated is sensed, detected, measured or otherwise quantified by a sensing arrangement 1004 (e.g., sensing arrangement 604) communicatively coupled to the infusion device 1002. However, it should be noted that in alternative embodiments, the condition being regulated by the control system 1000 may be correlative to the measured values obtained by the sensing arrangement 1004. That said, for clarity and purposes of explanation, the subject matter may be described herein in the context of the sensing arrangement 1004 being realized as a glucose sensing arrangement that senses, detects, measures or otherwise quantifies the user's glucose level, which is being regulated in the body 1001 of the user by the control system 1000.
  • In exemplary embodiments, the sensing arrangement 1004 includes one or more interstitial glucose sensing elements that generate or otherwise output electrical signals having a signal characteristic that is correlative to, influenced by, or otherwise indicative of the relative interstitial fluid glucose level in the body 1001 of the user. The output electrical signals are filtered or otherwise processed to obtain a measurement value indicative of the user's interstitial fluid glucose level. In exemplary embodiments, a blood glucose meter 1030, such as a finger stick device, is utilized to directly sense, detect, measure or otherwise quantify the blood glucose in the body 1001 of the user. In this regard, the blood glucose meter 1030 outputs or otherwise provides a measured blood glucose value that may be utilized as a reference measurement for calibrating the sensing arrangement 1004 and converting a measurement value indicative of the user's interstitial fluid glucose level into a corresponding calibrated blood glucose value. For purposes of explanation, the calibrated blood glucose value calculated based on the electrical signals output by the sensing element(s) of the sensing arrangement 1004 may alternatively be referred to herein as the sensor glucose value, the sensed glucose value, or variants thereof.
  • In the illustrated embodiment, the pump control system 1020 generally represents the electronics and other components of the infusion device 1002 that control operation of the fluid infusion device 1002 according to a desired infusion delivery program in a manner that is influenced by the sensed glucose value indicative of a current glucose level in the body 1001 of the user. For example, to support a closed-loop operating mode, the pump control system 1020 maintains, receives, or otherwise obtains a target or commanded glucose value, and automatically generates or otherwise determines dosage commands for operating an actuation arrangement, such as a motor 1007, to displace the plunger 1017 and deliver insulin to the body 1001 of the user based on the difference between a sensed glucose value and the target glucose value. In other operating modes, the pump control system 1020 may generate or otherwise determine dosage commands configured to maintain the sensed glucose value below an upper glucose limit, above a lower glucose limit, or otherwise within a desired range of glucose values. In practice, the infusion device 1002 may store or otherwise maintain the target value, upper and/or lower glucose limit(s), and/or other glucose threshold value(s) in a data storage element accessible to the pump control system 1020.
  • The target glucose value and other threshold glucose values may be received from an external component (e.g., CCD 606 and/or computing device 608) or be input by a user via a user interface element 1040 associated with the infusion device 1002. In practice, the one or more user interface element(s) 1040 associated with the infusion device 1002 typically include at least one input user interface element, such as, for example, a button, a keypad, a keyboard, a knob, a joystick, a mouse, a touch panel, a touchscreen, a microphone or another audio input device, and/or the like. Additionally, the one or more user interface element(s) 1040 include at least one output user interface element, such as, for example, a display element (e.g., a light-emitting diode or the like), a display device (e.g., a liquid crystal display or the like), a speaker or another audio output device, a haptic feedback device, or the like, for providing notifications or other information to the user. It should be noted that although FIG. 10 depicts the user interface element(s) 1040 as being separate from the infusion device 1002, in practice, one or more of the user interface element(s) 1040 may be integrated with the infusion device 1002. Furthermore, in some embodiments, one or more user interface element(s) 1040 are integrated with the sensing arrangement 1004 in addition to and/or in alternative to the user interface element(s) 1040 integrated with the infusion device 1002. The user interface element(s) 1040 may be manipulated by the user to operate the infusion device 1002 to deliver correction boluses, adjust target and/or threshold values, modify the delivery control scheme or operating mode, and the like, as desired.
  • Still referring to FIG. 10 , in the illustrated embodiment, the infusion device 1002 includes a motor control module 1012 coupled to a motor 1007 (e.g., motor assembly 707) that is operable to displace a plunger 1017 (e.g., plunger 717) in a reservoir (e.g., reservoir 705) and provide a desired amount of fluid to the body 1001 of a user. In this regard, displacement of the plunger 1017 results in the delivery of a fluid that is capable of influencing the condition in the body 1001 of the user to the body 1001 of the user via a fluid delivery path (e.g., via tubing 721 of an infusion set 725). A motor driver module 1014 is coupled between an energy source 1003 and the motor 1007. The motor control module 1012 is coupled to the motor driver module 1014, and the motor control module 1012 generates or otherwise provides command signals that operate the motor driver module 1014 to provide current (or power) from the energy source 1003 to the motor 1007 to displace the plunger 1017 in response to receiving, from a pump control system 1020, a dosage command indicative of the desired amount of fluid to be delivered.
  • In exemplary embodiments, the energy source 1003 is realized as a battery housed within the infusion device 1002 (e.g., within housing 702) that provides direct current (DC) power. In this regard, the motor driver module 1014 generally represents the combination of circuitry, hardware and/or other electrical components configured to convert or otherwise transfer DC power provided by the energy source 1003 into alternating electrical signals applied to respective phases of the stator windings of the motor 1007 that result in current flowing through the stator windings that generates a stator magnetic field and causes the rotor of the motor 1007 to rotate. The motor control module 1012 is configured to receive or otherwise obtain a commanded dosage from the pump control system 1020, convert the commanded dosage to a commanded translational displacement of the plunger 1017, and command, signal, or otherwise operate the motor driver module 1014 to cause the rotor of the motor 1007 to rotate by an amount that produces the commanded translational displacement of the plunger 1017. For example, the motor control module 1012 may determine an amount of rotation of the rotor required to produce translational displacement of the plunger 1017 that achieves the commanded dosage received from the pump control system 1020. Based on the current rotational position (or orientation) of the rotor with respect to the stator that is indicated by the output of the rotor sensing arrangement 1016, the motor control module 1012 determines the appropriate sequence of alternating electrical signals to be applied to the respective phases of the stator windings that should rotate the rotor by the determined amount of rotation from its current position (or orientation). In embodiments where the motor 1007 is realized as a BLDC motor, the alternating electrical signals commutate the respective phases of the stator windings at the appropriate orientation of the rotor magnetic poles with respect to the stator and in the appropriate order to provide a rotating stator magnetic field that rotates the rotor in the desired direction. Thereafter, the motor control module 1012 operates the motor driver module 1014 to apply the determined alternating electrical signals (e.g., the command signals) to the stator windings of the motor 1007 to achieve the desired delivery of fluid to the user.
  • When the motor control module 1012 is operating the motor driver module 1014, current flows from the energy source 1003 through the stator windings of the motor 1007 to produce a stator magnetic field that interacts with the rotor magnetic field. In some embodiments, after the motor control module 1012 operates the motor driver module 1014 and/or motor 1007 to achieve the commanded dosage, the motor control module 1012 ceases operating the motor driver module 1014 and/or motor 1007 until a subsequent dosage command is received. In this regard, the motor driver module 1014 and the motor 1007 enter an idle state during which the motor driver module 1014 effectively disconnects or isolates the stator windings of the motor 1007 from the energy source 1003. In other words, current does not flow from the energy source 1003 through the stator windings of the motor 1007 when the motor 1007 is idle, and thus, the motor 1007 does not consume power from the energy source 1003 in the idle state, thereby improving efficiency.
  • Depending on the embodiment, the motor control module 1012 may be implemented or realized with a general-purpose processor, a microprocessor, a controller, a microcontroller, a state machine, a content addressable memory, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array, any suitable programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof, designed to perform the functions described herein. In exemplary embodiments, the motor control module 1012 includes or otherwise accesses a data storage element or memory, including any sort of random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), flash memory, registers, hard disks, removable disks, magnetic or optical mass storage, or any other short or long-term storage media or other non-transitory computer-readable medium, which is capable of storing programming instructions for execution by the motor control module 1012. The computer-executable programming instructions, when read and executed by the motor control module 1012, cause the motor control module 1012 to perform or otherwise support the tasks, operations, functions, and processes described herein.
  • It should be appreciated that FIG. 10 is a simplified representation of the infusion device 1002 for purposes of explanation and is not intended to limit the subject matter described herein in any way. In this regard, depending on the embodiment, some features and/or functionality of the sensing arrangement 1004 may be implemented by or otherwise integrated into the pump control system 1020, or vice versa. Similarly, in practice, the features and/or functionality of the motor control module 1012 may be implemented by or otherwise integrated into the pump control system 1020, or vice versa. Furthermore, the features and/or functionality of the pump control system 1020 may be implemented by control electronics 724 located in the fluid infusion device 700, while in alternative embodiments, the pump control system 1020 may be implemented by a remote computing device that is physically distinct and/or separate from the infusion device 1002, such as, for example, the CCD 606 or the computing device 608.
  • FIG. 11 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a pump control system 1100 suitable for use as the pump control system 1020 in FIG. 10 in accordance with one or more embodiments. The illustrated pump control system 1100 includes, without limitation, a pump control module 1102, a communications interface 1104, and a data storage element (or memory) 1106. The pump control module 1102 is coupled to the communications interface 1104 and the memory 1106, and the pump control module 1102 is suitably configured to support the operations, tasks, and/or processes described herein. In exemplary embodiments, the pump control module 1102 is also coupled to one or more user interface elements 1108 (e.g., user interface 730, 1040) for receiving user input and providing notifications, alerts, or other therapy information to the user. Although FIG. 11 depicts the user interface element 1108 as being separate from the pump control system 1100, in various alternative embodiments, the user interface element 1108 may be integrated with the pump control system 1100 (e.g., as part of the infusion device 700, 1002), the sensing arrangement 1004 or another element of an infusion system 600 (e.g., the computer 608 or CCD 606).
  • Referring to FIG. 11 and with reference to FIG. 10 , the communications interface 1104 generally represents the hardware, circuitry, logic, firmware and/or other components of the pump control system 1100 that are coupled to the pump control module 1102 and configured to support communications between the pump control system 1100 and the sensing arrangement 1004. In this regard, the communications interface 1104 may include or otherwise be coupled to one or more transceiver modules capable of supporting wireless communications between the pump control system 1020, 1100 and the sensing arrangement 1004 or another electronic device 206, 210, 500, 512, 606, 608 in an infusion system 600 or a management system 200, 516. For example, the communications interface 1104 may be utilized to receive sensor measurement values or other measurement data from a sensing arrangement 604, 1004 as well as upload such sensor measurement values to a server 206 or other computing device 210, 500, 512, 1008 for purposes of generating a report including a snapshot GUI display as described above in the context of FIGS. 1-6 . In other embodiments, the communications interface 1104 may be configured to support wired communications to/from the sensing arrangement 1004.
  • The pump control module 1102 generally represents the hardware, circuitry, logic, firmware and/or other component of the pump control system 1100 that is coupled to the communications interface 1104 and configured to determine dosage commands for operating the motor 1007 to deliver fluid to the body 1001 based on data received from the sensing arrangement 1004 and perform various additional tasks, operations, functions and/or operations described herein. For example, in exemplary embodiments, pump control module 1102 implements or otherwise executes a command generation application 1110 that supports one or more autonomous operating modes and calculates or otherwise determines dosage commands for operating the motor 1007 of the infusion device 1002 in an autonomous operating mode based at least in part on a current measurement value for a condition in the body 1001 of the user. For example, in a closed-loop operating mode, the command generation application 1110 may determine a dosage command for operating the motor 1007 to deliver insulin to the body 1001 of the user based at least in part on the current glucose measurement value most recently received from the sensing arrangement 1004 to regulate the user's blood glucose level to a target reference glucose value. Additionally, the command generation application 610 may generate dosage commands for boluses that are manually-initiated or otherwise instructed by a user via a user interface element 1108.
  • Still referring to FIG. 11 , depending on the embodiment, the pump control module 1102 may be implemented or realized with a general purpose processor, a microprocessor, a controller, a microcontroller, a state machine, a content addressable memory, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array, any suitable programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof, designed to perform the functions described herein. In this regard, the steps of a method or algorithm described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein may be embodied directly in hardware, in firmware, in a software module executed by the pump control module 1102, or in any practical combination thereof. In exemplary embodiments, the pump control module 1102 includes or otherwise accesses the data storage element or memory 1106, which may be realized using any sort of non-transitory computer-readable medium capable of storing programming instructions for execution by the pump control module 1102. The computer-executable programming instructions, when read and executed by the pump control module 1102, cause the pump control module 1102 to implement or otherwise generate the command generation application 1110 and perform the tasks, operations, functions, and processes described in greater detail below.
  • It should be understood that FIG. 11 is a simplified representation of a pump control system 1100 for purposes of explanation and is not intended to limit the subject matter described herein in any way. For example, in some embodiments, the features and/or functionality of the motor control module 1012 may be implemented by or otherwise integrated into the pump control system 1100 and/or the pump control module 1102, for example, by the command generation application 1110 converting the dosage command into a corresponding motor command, in which case, the separate motor control module 1012 may be absent from an embodiment of the infusion device 1002.
  • FIG. 12 depicts an exemplary closed-loop control system 1200 that may be implemented by a pump control system 1020, 1100 to provide a closed-loop operating mode that autonomously regulates a condition in the body of a user to a reference (or target) value. It should be appreciated that FIG. 12 is a simplified representation of the control system 1200 for purposes of explanation and is not intended to limit the subject matter described herein in any way.
  • In exemplary embodiments, the control system 1200 receives or otherwise obtains a target glucose value at input 1202. In some embodiments, the target glucose value may be stored or otherwise maintained by the infusion device 1002 (e.g., in memory 1106), however, in some alternative embodiments, the target value may be received from an external component (e.g., CCD 606 and/or computer 608). In one or more embodiments, the target glucose value may be dynamically calculated or otherwise determined prior to entering the closed-loop operating mode based on one or more patient-specific control parameters. For example, the target blood glucose value may be calculated based at least in part on a patient-specific reference basal rate and a patient-specific daily insulin requirement, which are determined based on historical delivery information over a preceding interval of time (e.g., the amount of insulin delivered over the preceding 24 hours). The control system 1200 also receives or otherwise obtains a current glucose measurement value (e.g., the most recently obtained sensor glucose value) from the sensing arrangement 1004 at input 1204. The illustrated control system 1200 implements or otherwise provides proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control to determine or otherwise generate delivery commands for operating the motor 1007 based at least in part on the difference between the target glucose value and the current glucose measurement value. In this regard, the PID control attempts to minimize the difference between the measured value and the target value, and thereby regulates the measured value to the desired value. PID control parameters are applied to the difference between the target glucose level at input 1202 and the measured glucose level at input 1204 to generate or otherwise determine a dosage (or delivery) command provided at output 1230. Based on that delivery command, the motor control module 1012 operates the motor 1007 to deliver insulin to the body of the user to influence the user's glucose level, and thereby reduce the difference between a subsequently measured glucose level and the target glucose level.
  • The illustrated control system 1200 includes or otherwise implements a summation block 1206 configured to determine a difference between the target value obtained at input 1202 and the measured value obtained from the sensing arrangement 1004 at input 1204, for example, by subtracting the target value from the measured value. The output of the summation block 1206 represents the difference between the measured and target values, which is then provided to each of a proportional term path, an integral term path, and a derivative term path. The proportional term path includes a gain block 1220 that multiplies the difference by a proportional gain coefficient, Kp, to obtain the proportional term. The integral term path includes an integration block 1208 that integrates the difference and a gain block 1222 that multiplies the integrated difference by an integral gain coefficient, to obtain the integral term. The derivative term path includes a derivative block 1210 that determines the derivative of the difference and a gain block 1224 that multiplies the derivative of the difference by a derivative gain coefficient, KD, to obtain the derivative term. The proportional term, the integral term, and the derivative term are then added or otherwise combined to obtain a delivery command that is utilized to operate the motor at output 1230. Various implementation details pertaining to closed-loop PID control and determine gain coefficients are described in greater detail in U.S. Pat. No. 7,402,153, which is incorporated by reference.
  • In one or more exemplary embodiments, the PID gain coefficients are user-specific (or patient-specific) and dynamically calculated or otherwise determined prior to entering the closed-loop operating mode based on historical insulin delivery information (e.g., amounts and/or timings of previous dosages, historical correction bolus information, or the like), historical sensor measurement values, historical reference blood glucose measurement values, user-reported or user-input events (e.g., meals, exercise, and the like), and the like. In this regard, one or more patient-specific control parameters (e.g., an insulin sensitivity factor, a daily insulin requirement, an insulin limit, a reference basal rate, a reference fasting glucose, an active insulin action duration, pharmodynamical time constants, or the like) may be utilized to compensate, correct, or otherwise adjust the PID gain coefficients to account for various operating conditions experienced and/or exhibited by the infusion device 1002. The PID gain coefficients may be maintained by the memory 1106 accessible to the pump control module 1102. In this regard, the memory 1106 may include a plurality of registers associated with the control parameters for the PID control. For example, a first parameter register may store the target glucose value and be accessed by or otherwise coupled to the summation block 1206 at input 1202, and similarly, a second parameter register accessed by the proportional gain block 1220 may store the proportional gain coefficient, a third parameter register accessed by the integration gain block 1222 may store the integration gain coefficient, and a fourth parameter register accessed by the derivative gain block 1224 may store the derivative gain coefficient.
  • Therapeutic Recommendations for Event Pattern Mitigation
  • As described in greater detail below, in exemplary embodiments, at least one of the detected event patterns presented in a snapshot GUI display is analyzed to determine one or more recommended remedial actions for addressing the detected event pattern. In this regard, based on the type of event pattern detected, the patient's current therapy regimen, and the patient's physiological condition, recommended modifications or adjustments to the patient's current therapy regimen may be determined and indicated on the snapshot GUI display. In one or more embodiments, logic rules or formula are maintained and utilized to determine how the patient's current therapy regimen should be modified given the patient's current therapy configuration, the patient's physiological condition, the event pattern type, and potentially other patient-specific variables or factors (e.g., the monitoring period associated with the event pattern, the severity or frequency of events, and the like). Thus, the recommended remedial actions may vary depending on the patient's current therapy regimen and dosages, the patient's A1C or glucose levels, the type of event pattern detected, and so on.
  • FIG. 13 depicts an exemplary recommendation process 1300 suitable for implementation by a patient management system in connection with one or more of the presentation processes 300, 400 described above to provide recommended therapeutic remedial actions for resolving, correcting, or otherwise mitigating an event pattern presented on a GUI display, such as snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 . The various tasks performed in connection with the recommendation process 1300 may be performed by hardware, firmware, software executed by processing circuitry, or any combination thereof. For illustrative purposes, the following description refers to elements mentioned above in connection with FIG. 2 . In practice, portions of the recommendation process 1300 may be performed by different elements of the patient management system 200, such as, for example, the infusion device 202, the sensing arrangement 204, the server 206, the database 208, the client device 210, the client application 212, and/or the processing system 216. It should be appreciated that the recommendation process 1300 may include any number of additional or alternative tasks, the tasks need not be performed in the illustrated order and/or the tasks may be performed concurrently, and/or the recommendation process 1300 may be incorporated into a more comprehensive procedure or process having additional functionality not described in detail herein. Moreover, one or more of the tasks shown and described in the context of FIG. 13 could be omitted from a practical embodiment of the recommendation process 1300 as long as the intended overall functionality remains intact.
  • The recommendation process 1300 initializes or begins by identifying or otherwise determining the event pattern to be analyzed for recommending therapeutic remedial actions (task 1302). In one or more exemplary embodiments, only the highest priority event pattern from among the prioritized event patterns is identified for analysis. In this regard, remedial actions that may be taken by a patient or user to mitigate or otherwise address the highest priority event pattern could also influence or resolve the lower priority event patterns, and hence, providing multiple different recommended therapeutic remedial actions for multiple different event patterns could be unnecessary and confusing. However, in alternative embodiments, each of the prioritized event patterns displayed on a GUI display (e.g., each of the remaining event patterns in the filtered prioritized list at 318) may be identified and analyzed by the recommendation process 1300 to provide multiple different options for therapy modifications that could be undertaken. In yet other embodiments, the recommendation process 1300 may be triggered or initiated by user selection of a particular event pattern for analysis (e.g., from within the event pattern analysis region or another GUI display), whereby the event pattern whose selection triggered the recommendation process 1300 is identified as the event pattern for analysis.
  • In the illustrated embodiment, the recommendation process 1300 continues by identifying, obtaining or otherwise determining physiological information associated with the patient (task 1304). In this regard, the server 206 obtains or calculates physiological information associated with the patient, such as, for example, the estimated A1C (or alternatively, glycohemoglobin or glycated hemoglobin) level calculated based on the sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period, the average sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period, the average reference blood glucose measurement values (e.g., from a blood glucose meter) over the snapshot time period, and the like. Depending on the embodiment, the server 206 may obtain the patient physiological information from the database 208 and/or infusion device 202, or the server 206 may obtain historical sensor measurements from the database 208 and/or infusion device 202 and utilize the obtained historical measurements to calculate the physiological information associated with the patient for the snapshot time period.
  • The recommendation process 1300 also identifies, obtains or otherwise determines current therapeutic information for the patient (task 1306). In this regard, the recommendation process 1300 identified or determines the current medications, dosages, types of therapy, and other therapeutic settings or configurations associated with the patient. For example, the database 208 may maintain a patient profile or similar record or entry that maintains an association between one or more patient identifiers and the current therapy assigned or associated with the patient, including, the current medications prescribed to the patient, the type or manner of administration (e.g., basal infusion, boluses or manual injections, oral administration, or the like), the number and/or amount of dosages prescribed to the patient, and potentially other information characterizing the current therapy associated with the patient. The patient profile in the database 208 may also include other clinical or physiological data associated with the patient that may influence suggested or recommended therapy modifications, such as, for example, the patient's height, weight, cholesterol levels, blood pressure, activity metrics or data, sleep quality data, and the like. In other embodiments, the current therapy information may be stored or maintained at one of the infusion device 202 and the client device 210 and retrieved by the server 206 via the network 214.
  • The recommendation process 1300 continues by identifying or otherwise obtaining therapeutic modification logic associated with the identified event pattern and corresponding to the physiological condition of the patient and current patient therapy (task 1308). In exemplary embodiments, the database 208 maintains one or more tables or lists of logic rules for determining therapy adjustments or modifications in association with a particular combination of event pattern, medications involved in the patient's therapy, and the patient's physiological condition. Thus, different types of adjustments or modifications may be indicated for a particular event pattern, depending on the particular physiological condition of the patient. For example, an event pattern could potentially be resolved by increasing or decreasing a dosage of a particular medication rather than adding or removing a medication to the patient's therapy, depending on the estimated A1C level and/or the mean sensor glucose level for the patient. As another example, adjustments or modifications may be indicated (or not indicated) for a particular event pattern based on the patient's specific glycemic goals or other objectives that may be established by the patient's healthcare provider, or whether or not such goals or objectives have already been achieved. In exemplary embodiments, after identifying the event pattern to be analyzed for a particular patient and the relevant physiological information and combination of medications for the patient, the server 206 accesses the database 208 (or alternatively another device 202, 210 via the network 214) to retrieve the corresponding therapy modification logic rules associated with the identified event pattern and corresponding to the combination of the detected event pattern, combination of medications, and the patient's physiological condition.
  • Still referring to FIG. 13 , the recommendation process 1300 continues by determining one or more therapeutic modifications for mitigating, resolving, or otherwise addressing the event pattern by applying the obtained therapy modification logic rules using the patient's current therapy configuration and physiological condition (task 1310). In exemplary embodiments, the server 206 applies the obtained therapy modification logic rules associated with the event pattern to the current dosages associated with the patient's current therapy to determine recommended therapy modifications for mitigating, resolving, or otherwise addressing the event pattern. For example, if the current dosage of a particular medication or combination of medications is less than a threshold dosage (e.g., one half of the maximum dosage), then the therapy modification logic rules may identify or otherwise indicate an amount by which a particular medication should be increased. Conversely, when the current dosage of the particular medication or combination of medications is greater than the threshold dosage, then the therapy modification logic rules may identify or otherwise indicate another medication that should be added to the patient's therapy. For dual therapy or other therapy configurations with multiple medications, the therapy modification logic rules may identify or otherwise indicate which of the medications should have its dosage adjusted when the combined dosage is less than a threshold for the combined medications.
  • In some embodiments, the therapy modification logic rules utilized by the recommendation process 1300 may also consider patient physiological information, such as, for example, sensor glucose measurement values or one or more performance metrics calculated based on the historical measurement data for the patient. In this regard, a recommended therapy modification could be influenced by one or more of the estimated A1C level calculated based on sensor glucose measurement values over the snapshot time period or the estimated percentage(s) of the snapshot time period during which the patient's sensor glucose measurement values were above an upper glucose threshold value (e.g., 150 mg/dL), below a lower glucose threshold value (e.g., 70 mg/dL), or between the upper and lower glucose threshold values corresponding to a target sensor glucose range. Thus, the recommended therapy modification chosen or selected by the recommendation process 1300 may be one that is likely to resolve, mitigate, or otherwise address the identified event pattern, while secondarily being most likely to improve one or more performance metrics or other aspects of regulating the patient's physiological condition.
  • In various embodiments, the recommendation process 1300 may also account for other patient-specific variables which may be stored or otherwise maintained in association with the patient's profile or electronic medical record in the database 208. For example, the patient's A1C goal, previous therapies, allergies and drug intolerances, information characterizing the patient's renal function, information characterizing the patient's hepatic function, and the like may be stored in the database 208 and factored in or otherwise accounted for by the therapy modification logic rules. Thus, the recommended therapeutic remedial actions identified by the recommendation process 1300 may be the most appropriate actions for addressing the identified event pattern, accounting for the patient's physiological condition or glycemic issues, goals or objectives, allergies and drug intolerances, and potentially other clinical variables.
  • Table 1 represents an exemplary set of therapy modification logic rules that may be maintained in a database 208. It should be noted that Table 1 merely depicts one particular example of therapy modification logic rules for dual combination therapies with a particular A1C level for a particular event pattern, and in practice, the database 208 may maintain any number of different tables to variously accommodate any number of potential event patterns that may be detected, in combination with any number of potential therapy configurations and dosages (including treatment naïve or naïve therapy, monotherapy, and the like), in association with different A1C levels, glucose levels, or other glycemic statuses. In some embodiments, the therapy modification logic rule tables may be stablished or promulgated by a regulatory agency, however, in alternative embodiments, the therapy modification logic rules may be configurable or otherwise specific to a particular doctor, hospital, or other care provider. Accordingly, the subject matter described herein is not limited to the example therapy modification logic rules of Table 1.
  • Table 1 depicts therapy modification logic rules associated with a hyperglycemic event pattern associated with a post-meal monitoring period for estimated A1C levels below a threshold value of 9%. The logic rules depend on the particular dual combination therapy that the patient it utilizing (e.g., any two of Metformin (Met), a dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (DPP-4) inhibitor, a glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) receptor agonist, Sulfonylurea or glinide (SU/glinide), Thiazolidenedione (TZD), a sodium-glucose co-transporter 2 (SGLT-2) inhibitor, or basal insulin), and whether or not the current dosage information is less than one half of the maximum dosage associated with the particular dual combination therapy. For example, for a patient with a current therapy configuration of Metformin and a DPP-4 inhibitor (Met+DPP-4) with a current dosage less than one half the maximum dosage of the dual combination, a therapeutic modification of increasing the dosage of the DPP-4 inhibitor may be identified and recommended or otherwise indicated on a snapshot GUI display for the patient. Alternatively, for a patient with a current therapy configuration of Metformin and Thiazolidenedione (Met+TZD) with a current dosage less than one half the maximum dosage of the dual combination, therapeutic modifications of adding one of a DPP-4 inhibitor, a GLP-1 receptor agonist, a SGLT-2 inhibitor, an alpha-glucosidase inhibitor (AGI), or pre-meal rapid-acting insulin may be identified and recommended or otherwise indicated on a snapshot GUI display for the patient, thereby allowing the patient, doctor, nurse, or other clinician to readily identify the need to increase medications and which options are likely to be best for the patient given the patient's current therapy configuration.
  • TABLE 1
    Dual Combination
    Therapy If . . . < 1/2 Max dose of Dual If ≥½ Max dose of Dual Combination,
    Configuration Combination Then Add one of the following:
    Met + DPP-4 Increase dose of DPP-4 if SGLT-2
    appropriate; Also, Add one of the AGI
    drugs on right: Pre-meal rapid-acting insulin
    Met + GLP-1 Increase dose of GLP-1 if SGLT-2
    appropriate; Also, Add one of the AGI
    drugs on right: Pre-meal rapid-acting insulin
    Met + SU/glinide Increase dose of SU/glinide if DPP-4
    appropriate; Also, Add one of the GLP-1
    drugs on right: SGLT-2
    AGI
    Pre-meal rapid-acting insulin
    Met + TZD Add one of the drugs on right: DPP-4
    GLP-1
    SGLT-2
    AGI
    Pre-meal rapid-acting insulin
    Met + SGLT-2 Increase dose of SGLT-2 if DPP-4
    appropriate; Also, Add one of the GLP-1
    drugs on right: AGI
    Pre-meal rapid-acting insulin
    Met + Basal insulin Add one of the drugs on right: DPP-4
    GLP-1
    SGLT-2
    AGI
    Pre-meal rapid-acting insulin
    SU/glinide + DPP-4 Increase dose of SU/glinide and/or Met + SGLT-2
    DPP-4 if appropriate; Also, Add Met + AGI
    one of the drugs on right: Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    SU/glinide + GLP-1 Increase dose of SU/glinide and/or Met + SGLT-2
    GLP-1 if appropriate; Also, Add Met + AGI
    one of the drugs on right: Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    SU/glinide + TZD Increase dose of SU/glinide if Met + DPP-4
    appropriate; Also, Add one of the Met + GLP-1
    drugs on right: Met + SGLT-2
    Met + AGI
    Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    SU/glinide + SGLT-2 Increase dose of SU/glinide and/or Met + DPP-4
    SGLT-2 if appropriate; Also, Add Met + GLP-1
    one of the drugs on right: Met + AGI
    Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    SU/glinide + Basal Increase dose of SU/glinide, if Met + DPP-4
    insulin appropriate; Also, Add one of the Met + GLP-1
    drugs on right: Met + SGLT-2
    Met + AGI
    Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    TZD + DPP-4 Increase dose of TZD and/or DPP- Met + SGLT-2
    4, if appropriate Also, Add one of Met + AGI
    the drugs on right: Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    TZD + GLP-1 Increase dose of TZD and/or GLP- Met + SGLT-2
    1, if appropriate; Also, Add one of Met + AGI
    the drugs on right: Met + SU/glinide
    Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    TZD + SGLT-2 Increase dose of TZD and/or Met + DPP-4
    SGLT-2, if appropriate; Also, Add Met + GLP-1
    one of the drugs on right: Met + AGI
    Met + SU/glinide
    Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    TZD + Basal insulin Increase dose of TZD, if Met + DPP-4
    appropriate; Also, Add one of the Met + GLP-1
    drugs on right: Met + SGLT-2
    Met + AGI
    Met + SU/glinide
    Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    DPP-4 + SGLT-2 Increase dose of DPP-4 and/or Met + AGI
    SGLT-2, if appropriate; Also, Add Met + SU/glinide
    one of the drugs on right: Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    GLP-1 + SGLT-2 Increase dose of GLP-1 and/or Met + AGI
    SGLT-2, if appropriate; Also, Add Met + SU/glinide
    one of the drugs on right: Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
    Basal insulin + Increase dose of SGLT-2 if Met + DPP-4
    SGLT-2 appropriate; Also, Add one of the Met + GLP-1
    drugs on right: Met + AGI
    Met + SU/glinide
    Met + Pre-meal rapid-acting
    insulin
  • Still referring to FIG. 13 , after determining the recommended modifications to the patient's current therapy configuration, the recommendation process 1300 generates or otherwise provides graphical indicia of the recommended therapy changes in graphical association with the identified event pattern (task 1312). In one or more embodiments, the server 206 generates recommended therapy modifications when populating the event pattern analysis region associated with the identified event, for example, by displaying recommended therapy modifications for the highest priority event pattern in its associated event pattern analysis region of the pattern guidance display. In another embodiment, the server 206 generates or otherwise provides the recommended therapy modifications in response to selection of a particular event pattern for analysis (e.g., from within the event pattern analysis region). In various embodiments, the graphical indicia of a recommended therapy modification may be realized as a graphical representation or depiction of text stored in the database 208 (e.g., in association with the therapy modification logic rules, in association the therapy configuration for which the recommended therapy modification is an option, or the like).
  • FIG. 14 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a snapshot GUI display 1400 (or report) that may be presented on a display device associated with an electronic device, such as the client device 210, in connection with the recommendation process 1300 of FIG. 13 . Similar to the snapshot GUI display 100 of FIG. 1 , the snapshot GUI display 1400 includes a pattern detection region 1406 including a plurality of pattern guidance displays 1420, 1430, 1440 corresponding to patterns of events identified during the snapshot time period based on the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the snapshot time period. In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 14 , the highest prioritized detected event pattern, a variability event associated with the overnight time period, is identified by the recommendation process 1300 for recommending therapy modifications capable of addressing the overnight variability event given the patient's current therapy.
  • As described above in the context of FIG. 13 , the server 206 accesses the database 208 using the patient's identification information to identify the current therapy configuration for the patient (500 milligrams of metformin twice daily and basal insulin in the evening) and obtain the therapy modification logic rules associated with the dual combination therapy of metformin and basal insulin. In exemplary embodiments, the obtained therapy modification logic rules also correspond to the patient's estimated A1C level for the snapshot time period. For example, there may be one set of variability event therapy modification logic rules for the metformin and basal insulin dual therapy combination associated with A1C levels below a threshold value of 9% and another set of variability event therapy modification logic rules for the metformin and basal insulin dual therapy combination associated with A1C levels above the threshold value of 9%, with the server 206 selecting the therapy modification logic rules associated with A1C levels below the threshold value based on the patient's estimated A1C level for the snapshot time period of 5.7%.
  • Based on the obtained therapy modification rules and the patient's current dosages, the server 206 identifies a recommended therapy modification of reducing the basal insulin dosage to address the overnight variability event. In this regard, the server 206 may identify a modification to the dosage or delivery rate of insulin to be delivered by the infusion device 202 during future instances of the monitoring period associated with the highest prioritized detected event pattern (e.g., the basal dosage during the overnight time period). Thereafter, one or more autonomous operating modes supported by the infusion device 202 may be modified, adjusted, or otherwise reconfigured to autonomously regulate the condition of the patient in accordance with the recommended dosage modification in response to a user input. For example, the patient or other user (e.g., the patient's doctor or another clinician) could then interact with the infusion device 202 (e.g., by manipulating user interface 1040) to reprogram or reconfigure one or more parameters, limits, targets, set points, or other settings associated with the control scheme or algorithm implemented by the infusion device 202 to achieve the modified dosage when autonomously regulating the patient's glucose level during the time of day corresponding to the monitoring period associated with the detected event pattern (e.g., during overnight closed-loop operation). To reduce the evening basal insulin dosage by 10% to 20% as indicated in analysis region 1426, the overnight basal infusion rate setting of the infusion device 202 may be reduced by the corresponding percentage, or the amount of insulin injected at bedtime may be reduced by the corresponding percentage.
  • In some embodiments, the graphical representation of a modification to the dosage or delivery rate of insulin to be delivered by the infusion device 202 during future instances of the monitoring period may be selectable or associated with a button or similar selectable GUI element that facilitates the client device 210 or the server 206 automatically reprogramming the infusion device 202 (e.g., by transmitting corresponding commands, code or other programming instructions to the infusion device 202 via the network 214) for implementing the modified dosage during the relevant time period. Additionally, in the illustrated embodiment, the server 206 utilizes the obtained therapy modification rules to identify another recommended therapeutic remedial action of adding a bedtime snack to increase the patient's glucose level. In this regard, in some embodiments, a recommended therapeutic remedial action may be identified based on the patient exhibiting sensor glucose measurement values above or below a threshold (e.g., below the lower glucose threshold value for the overnight monitoring time period associated with the highest priority variability event) and/or a duration of time during which those measurements are exhibited within the monitoring period.
  • In a similar manner as described above in the context of FIGS. 1-4 , the server 206 generates a header region 1422 with graphical indicia of the overnight variability event. In connection with the recommendation process 1300, the server 206 generates a current therapy summary region 1424 that includes graphical indicia of the patient's current therapy configuration along with an analysis region 1426 that includes graphical indicia of the recommended remedial actions identified based on therapy modification rules associated with the patient's current therapy configuration. In some embodiments, the therapy summary and analysis regions 1424, 1426 are presented in response to user selection of the overnight variability event pattern guidance display 1420 or the header region 1422 in lieu of other summary and analysis regions (e.g., regions 124, 126). In this regard, the recommendation process 1300 may be triggered or initiated to generate and populate the therapy summary and analysis regions 1424, 1426 presented in response to user selection of the overnight variability event pattern guidance display 1420 or the header region 1422. In other embodiments, therapy summary and analysis regions 1424, 1426 may automatically be presented for the highest priority event pattern in lieu of other summary and analysis regions (e.g., regions 124, 126) upon initial generation of the snapshot GUI display 1400.
  • Although not illustrated in FIG. 14 , in various alternative embodiments, the recommendation process 1300 may be automatically performed with respect to the other displayed event patterns to populate the remaining pattern guidance displays 1430, 1440 in addition to pattern guidance display 1420. Alternatively, the recommendation process 1300 may be performed with respect to one of the other displayed event patterns in response to selection of the respective pattern guidance display 1430, 1440. However, as noted above, remedial actions that may be taken to mitigate or otherwise address lower priority event pattern could be redundant, unnecessary, and/or confusing in view of recommended remedial actions for the highest priority event pattern.
  • FIG. 15 depicts another exemplary embodiment of a snapshot GUI display 1500 that may be presented on or by an electronic device in connection with the recommendation process 1300 of FIG. 13 . The snapshot GUI display 1500 includes a patient therapy region 1510 that includes graphical indicia of the patient's current therapy configuration, which could be rendered outside of or alongside of the pattern detection region. In the embodiment of FIG. 15 , the event pattern analysis region 1526 of the highest priority pattern guidance display 1520 includes graphical indicia of the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1528 identified by the recommendation process 1300 while the current patient therapy configuration is concurrently presented within the patient therapy region 1510. In one or more embodiments, the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1528 are prioritized or ordered first among the information presented within the event pattern analysis region 1526, for example, by displaying the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1528 above the potential causes or other information related to the overnight variability event pattern.
  • FIG. 16 depicts another exemplary embodiment of a snapshot GUI display 1600 that may be presented on or by an electronic device in connection with the recommendation process 1300 of FIG. 13 . The snapshot GUI display 1600 includes a patient therapy region 1610 that includes graphical indicia of the patient's current therapy configuration which is displayed proximate the pattern detection region 1606. In the embodiment of FIG. 16 , the pattern detection region 1606 includes a menu or list of pattern guidance displays 1620, 1630, 1640 ranked or ordered according to prioritization, with graphical indicia of the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1628 being presented below the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1620 in graphical association with or proximity to the highest priority event pattern. In this regard, in some embodiments, the pattern guidance displays 1620, 1630, 1640 may be expandable or collapsible to display recommended therapeutic remedial actions in response to user selection of respective ones of the pattern guidance displays 1620, 1630, 1640. In such embodiments, the recommendation process 1300 may be initiated or otherwise performed with respect to a selected event pattern to determine recommended therapeutic remedial actions for populating the expanded pattern guidance display region upon or in response to user selection of the respective event pattern.
  • The snapshot GUI display 1600 also includes a supplemental information region 1650 that may include disclaimer language or other explanatory information or guidance pertaining to the recommended therapeutic remedial actions 1628, such as, for example, potential side effects associated with proposed medications to be added to the patient's therapy regimen, or the like. The supplemental information region 1650 may be displayed adjacent to or otherwise in graphical association with the pattern detection region 1606 or the selected pattern guidance display 1620. Information presented in the supplemental information region 1650 may be stored or maintained in the database 208 and retrieved by the server 206 for presentation. In other embodiments, rules or formula for generating the supplemental information may be stored or maintained in the database 208 and retrieved by the server 206 for dynamically determining the supplemental information to be presented in the region 1650 based on the patient's current therapy configuration, physiological condition, or other patient-specific variables or factors.
  • It should be noted that FIGS. 14-16 depict merely some exemplary GUI displays for presenting recommended therapeutic remedial actions, and the subject matter described herein is not necessarily limited to any particular manner of presentation. By virtue of the recommendation process 1300 of FIG. 13 , detected event patterns exhibited by a particular patient and that patient's particular therapy configuration, physiological condition, and potentially other patient-specific variables may be synthesized and analyzed to determine comprehensive therapeutic recommendations for remedying, resolving, mitigating, or otherwise addressing a particular event pattern in a manner that accounts for the patient's current therapy and physiological condition. The recommended therapeutic remedial actions may also account for various patient-specific variables to provide recommendations that reflect a relatively comprehensive review of the patient's medical records, history and prior therapies. The recommended therapeutic remedial actions are then presented in connection with other graphical indicia pertaining to detected event pattern, thereby clearly conveying to the patient or other user the nature of the event pattern and potential ways to address the event pattern, which, in turn, leads to better patient outcomes.
  • It should be noted that although the subject matter may be described herein primarily in the context of a patient with Type 2 diabetes taking any one of a wide variety of medications (orals, non-insulin injectables, and insulin) in connection with an infusion device or continuous glucose monitoring, the subject matter described herein is not necessarily limited to use with infusion devices, continuous glucose monitoring, Type 2 diabetes, or the medications described herein. Moreover, in exemplary embodiments, the recommendation processes described herein support modularity or adaptability to accommodate potential new classes of medications and/or new indications for existing classes of medications. For example, the therapeutic modification logic rules may have a modular design that allows for a new module of logic rules pertaining to a new class of medication to be inserted or otherwise configured among logic rules pertaining to existing classes of medications, thereby allowing the therapeutic modification logic rules to be readily updated to accommodate new classes of medication. Similarly, indications for existing classes of medications may be modular, allowing for changes with respect to the indications for those classes or medications that do not impact other classes or medications or the overall hierarchy or flow associated with the therapeutic modification logic rules. Such modularity of the therapeutic modification logic rules facilitates inclusion and prioritization of new classes of medication and/or new indications for existing classes without substantial redesign of the recommendation algorithms or hardware.
  • Streamlined Snapshot Displays Including Detected Event Patterns with Therapeutic Recommendations
  • Referring now to FIGS. 17-20 , in one or more exemplary embodiments, a streamlined snapshot GUI display is provided to convey patient information pertaining to past operation of a fluid infusion device or other monitoring device (e.g., a continuous glucose monitor) with improved clarity, discriminability and consistency, and thereby improving comprehensibility of the snapshot GUI display. In this regard, regions with relatively higher visual consistency and/or relatively less content variability on a patient-to-patient basis, such as the header and graph overlay regions, are visually prioritized over regions where the displayed information is more likely to vary from patient-to-patient, such as the pattern detection region, the patient therapy region, and/or other supplemental information regions. This improves detectability of important information within the visually prioritized regions, such as, for example, the patient's current therapy regimen or the patient's historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the snapshot time period that provides the foundation or underlying basis for information presented in the other regions of the display. Additionally, detected event patterns are presented in a top-down manner according to prioritization, thereby improving the detectability and discriminability of the higher priority event pattern(s). The detected event pattern regions are also capable of dynamically increasing or decreasing the amount of displayed information associated with a respective event pattern, thereby improving conciseness of the overall display, while also potentially allowing for improved legibility by increasing available display area for other information.
  • Referring to FIG. 17 , similar to the snapshot GUI display 100 described above in the context of FIGS. 1-4 , the streamlined snapshot GUI display 1700 includes a patient information header region 1702 presented at the top of the snapshot GUI display 1700 above a performance metric region 1704. In the streamlined snapshot GUI display 1700, a graph overlay region 1708 closer to the top of the snapshot GUI display 1700 above an event pattern detection region 1706.
  • In the illustrated embodiment, similar to the performance metric region 104 in FIG. 1 , the performance metric region 1704 includes graphical representations or other indicia of the values for various performance metrics summarizing the patient's condition over the snapshot time period that are calculated based on the historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the time period associated with the snapshot GUI display 1700. Additionally, the performance metric region 1704 includes graphical representations 1710 (or other graphical indicia) of the patient's current therapy regimen. In this regard, the displayed therapy regimen information 1710 includes a listing of the medications or other medicaments the patient is currently taking. In the illustrated embodiment, the current patient therapy information 1710 indicates the patient administers basal insulin injections in the evening and also administers meal-time insulin.
  • As depicted in FIGS. 18-19 , for other types of medications or medicaments, for each medication or medicament, the displayed therapy regimen information includes the frequency at which the respective medication or medicament is administered or taken by the patient (e.g., daily, twice a day (BID), three times a day (TID), four times a day (QID), etc.) along with a dosage associated with each instance, and for a medication or medicament taken at an uncommon time, an indication of the time when taken (e.g., morning (AM), evening (PM), breakfast, lunch, dinner, bedtime, etc.). In exemplary embodiments, the brand name is bolded or otherwise visually emphasized, while the generic name, dosage, frequency, or other temporal indicia are not emphasized. For example, if 850 milligrams of GLUCOPHAGE® is taken twice a day at breakfast and dinner, the corresponding listing in the displayed therapy regimen information may be displayed as “Glucophage (metformin), 850 mg BID.” Alternatively, if 850 milligrams of GLUCOPHAGE® is taken twice a day at breakfast and lunch, which is not a commonly expected time for a dose, the corresponding the displayed therapy regimen information may be displayed as “Glucophage (metformin), 850 mg BID, breakfast and lunch.”
  • Still referring to FIG. 17 , the graph overlay region 1708 is displayed immediately below and adjacent to the performance metric region 1704 and above the event pattern detection region 1706. This arrangement is consistent with the order in which the patient's doctor or other clinician is likely to be interested in reviewing the patient's history, and thereby improves clarity of the snapshot GUI display 1700 and detectability of the graph overlay region 1708 by directing the viewer's eyes towards the graph overlay region 1708 via preferential placement above the event pattern detection region 1706. This improves the perceived flow of the snapshot GUI display 1700 while also improving comprehensibility of the information subsequently presented in the event pattern detection region 1706 by conveying the relevant underlying historical measurement data for the patient to the viewer first. Additionally, since the general look and feel of the graph overlay region 1708 is independent of the patient's physiological condition (e.g., whether or not the patient has type 1 diabetes or type 2 diabetes), the perceived consistency of the snapshot GUI display 1700 across a patient population is improved.
  • Similar to the graph overlay region 108 of FIG. 1 , the graph overlay region 1708 includes graphical representations of historical measurement data for the patient's glucose level over the snapshot time period with respect to time and a visually distinguishable overlay region that indicates a personalized target range for the patient's sensor glucose measurement values, with the graphical representation of the measurements, meal markers, or other indicia for each different day or date depicted on the graph overlay region 1708 being rendered visually distinct from graphical representations corresponding to other days or dates. The illustrated graph overlay region 1708 also includes graphical representations of multiday averages of the measurement data for different periods or times of day, for example, every three-hour segment of the day. The graph overlay region 1708 also includes graphical indicia 1728, 1738, 1748 of highest priority detected event patterns in a manner that establishes an association between the detected event pattern, the time of day associated with its corresponding monitoring period, and its relative priority level.
  • The event pattern detection region 1706 is presented below the graph overlay region 1708 and includes a plurality of pattern guidance displays 1720, 1730, 1740 corresponding to the three highest prioritized event patterns identified during the snapshot time period based on the patient's sensor glucose measurement values for the snapshot time period. The pattern guidance displays 1720, 1730, 1740 are expandable or collapsible to dynamically increase or decrease the amount of information presented in association with a respective event pattern. In the embodiment of FIG. 17 , the second and third priority event pattern guidance displays 1730, 1740 are collapsed or not expanded, while the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1720 is expanded to display an event pattern analysis region 1724 associated with the event pattern and a therapy analysis region 1726 for the event pattern within a window 1721 associated with the header region 1722 for the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1720. The event pattern analysis region 1724 includes list of potential causes phrased in a manner that suggests remedial actions that can be taken to resolve or correct the variability event, while the therapy analysis region 1726 includes recommended therapeutic remedial actions for resolving or correcting the variability event. The list of potential causes may be personalized or otherwise tailored for the medications or classes of medications corresponding to the patient's current therapy regimen (e.g., a possible cause related to insulin will not be displayed if the patient is not taking insulin). The contents of the analysis regions 1724, 1726 may be identified, determined, or otherwise generated as described above in the context of FIGS. 1-4 and FIGS. 13-16 .
  • The header regions 1722, 1732, 1742 for each of the pattern guidance displays 1720, 1730, 1740 includes a number indicating the priority of the respective event pattern, an identification of the type of event pattern detected, and the time period or timeframe associated with the detected event pattern. In exemplary embodiments, the header regions 1722, 1732, 1742 are selectable or otherwise manipulable to dynamically increase or decrease the displayed information associated with the respective event pattern. In this regard, FIG. 17 depicts an example where the highest priority event header region 1722 has been selected or otherwise activated to expand the window 1721 associated with the highest priority event below the highest priority event header region 1722 to display the analysis regions 1724, 1726 associated with the highest priority event above the lower priority event pattern guidance displays 1730, 1740 (e.g., between the highest priority event header region 1722 and the second highest priority event header region 1732), while the other header regions 1732, 1742 are in their deselected or deactivated states to remove or otherwise hide the analysis regions associated with the lower priority event pattern guidance displays 1730, 1740. In some embodiments, the markers 1728, 1738, 1748 corresponding to the respective pattern guidance displays 1720, 1730, 1740 may also be selectable or otherwise manipulable to dynamically increase or decrease the displayed information associated with the respective event pattern. For example, to expand the highest priority event pattern guidance window 1721, a user may select either the highest priority event header region 1722 or the highest priority event marker 1728 within the graph overlay region 1708. Additionally, in some embodiments, the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1720 may be automatically activated or expanded by default (and the lower priority event pattern guidance displays 1730, 1740 collapsed or condensed by default) upon presentation of the snapshot GUI display 1700 even in the absence of any user selection.
  • By allowing event pattern information to be selectively and dynamically hidden or added to the display, the perceived clarity and conciseness of the event pattern detection region 1706 is improved, which, in turn may help aid the comprehensibility of the displayed information. Additionally, freeing up display area on the display device by hiding information associated with lower priority event pattern guidance displays 1730, 1740 may allow for the legibility of the displayed information associated with the higher priority event pattern guidance display 1720 to be improved by increasing the size of the text, icons, or other graphical elements that make up the analysis regions 1724, 1726 to fill the available display area.
  • In exemplary embodiments, the event pattern markers 1728, 1738, 1748 and header regions 1722, 1732, 1742 utilize different colors that differentiate one another and indicate whether a detected event pattern involves a low or high glucose level. For example, the marker 1728 associated with the low glucose variability event may be rendered using red, pink, or a similar hue to indicate a relatively higher potential severity associated with the event, and similarly, at least a portion of the header region 1722 may be rendered using the same color (e.g., the portion 1723 of the header region 1722 encompassing the identification of the event type and priority). Such color-coordination conveys or otherwise implies the importance and severity of the event pattern consistent with society and reduces the amount of time required for a user to identify the most significant event patterns on the graph overlay region 1708. Conversely, markers 1738, 1748 and header regions 1732, 1742 associated with a high glucose level may incorporate yellow or a similar hue to indicate a relatively lower severity.
  • FIG. 18 depicts another exemplary embodiment of a streamlined snapshot GUI display 1800. In the embodiment of FIG. 18 , the expanded window 1821 for the highest priority event pattern guidance display 1820 in the event pattern detection region 1806 below the graph overlay region 1808 includes a tabular representation 1828 of recommended therapeutic remedial actions within the therapy analysis region 1826 for resolving or correcting the low glucose event. In this regard, the table 1828 of recommended therapeutic remedial actions indicates a plurality of different potential therapeutic remedial actions that may be appropriate for the patient's current therapy regimen. The different potential therapeutic remedial actions are differentiated by a visually distinguishable vertical divider 1825 into a first subset 1827 of potential remedial actions for a symptomatic patient and a second subset 1829 of potential remedial actions if the patient is asymptomatic. In the illustrated embodiment, the tabular therapy analysis region 1826 is presented within the expanded window 1821 associated with the highest priority event pattern header region 1822 beneath the event pattern analysis region 1824 and above the header regions and guidance displays for the lower priority event patterns.
  • As described above in the context of FIG. 13 , the potential therapeutic remedial actions presented in the various columns of the table 1828 are determined for the corresponding event pattern based on the patient's current therapy configuration. Each column of the table 1828 is unique relative to other columns in the table 1828, and each column includes one or more potential therapeutic remedial actions, such as, for example, a modified dosage (or cessation) of a current medication or medicament, an additional medication or medicament, and/or a combination thereof. The table 1828 of potential therapeutic modifications allows the patient's doctor or clinician to readily identify a broad set of potential therapy modifications that may be appropriate given the patient's current therapy configuration and physiological condition, from which the patient's doctor or clinician can then utilize his or her professional judgment to determine how to modify the patient's therapy to achieve an optimal outcome.
  • FIG. 19 depicts another exemplary embodiment of a streamlined snapshot GUI display 1900 where each of the event pattern guidance displays 1920, 1930, 1940 within the event pattern detection region 1906 beneath the graph overlay region 1908 are expanded. In such an embodiment, the amount of information presented within the respective pattern guidance displays 1920, 1930, 1940 may be reduced to maintain legibility, for example, by limiting the number of potential causes presented within the respective pattern analysis regions, limiting the number of recommended therapeutic remedial actions within the respective therapy analysis regions, or a combination thereof. In the illustrated embodiment, the pattern guidance displays 1920, 1930, 1940 only include pattern analysis regions associated with the respective event patterns. In this regard, the respective therapy analysis regions may be hidden or otherwise removed from the display to increase the available display area for expanding multiple pattern guidance displays, while also improving clarity by decluttering the display and eliminating potential confusion that could arise by presenting a number of recommended therapeutic remedial actions attempting to individually resolve different event patterns, which could potentially conflict with one another or exacerbate another aspect of the patient's physiological condition. Thus, in such scenarios where the patient's doctor or clinician is concurrently considering or reviewing multiple different event patterns, the patient's doctor or clinician can use his or her judgment in determining how to modify the patient's therapy to achieve an optimal outcome.
  • FIG. 20 depicts an embodiment of a streamlined snapshot GUI display 2000 that does not include recommended therapeutic remedial actions due to the absence of information regarding any medications or medicaments prescribed for the patient. In such scenarios, an informational region 2010 is provided vertically between the graph overlay region 2008 and the event pattern detection region 2006 to convey to the viewer or user of the snapshot GUI display 2000 that the following event pattern detection region 2006 does not include therapy analysis regions or recommended therapeutic remedial actions and the underlying rationale for why that information is not presented. The informational region 2010 mitigates potentially perceived inconsistencies in the streamlined snapshot GUI display 2000 across different patients by indicating, explaining, or otherwise conveying a potential inconsistency within the following region 2006 of the display 2000 prior to the eyes of a viewer reading the display 2000 in a top-down fashion reaching the following region 2006. In other words, the informational region 2010 effectively modifies a viewer's expectations regarding the content of the streamlined snapshot GUI display 2000 to align with what is subsequently presented beneath the region 2010, which improves the perceived consistency of the streamlined snapshot GUI display 2000.
  • In sum, the streamlined snapshot GUI displays provided in FIGS. 17-20 achieve improved conformance with user expectations and direct users towards information in a manner that may be perceived as logical and predictable. Color-coordination between the graph overlay regions and event pattern detection regions and top-down prioritization of event pattern guidance allow users to quickly and accurately distinguish important event patterns, and the amount of displayed event pattern information may be dynamically increased or decreased to improve conciseness and legibility. As a result, the interpretability and comprehensibility of the snapshot GUI display is improved, which, in turn results in increased confidence in the presented information. Thus, the streamlined snapshot GUI displays increase the likelihood of improved patient outcomes resulting from increased reliance on recommended therapeutic remedial actions and/or other guidance or analysis presented on the displays.
  • For the sake of brevity, conventional techniques related to glucose sensing and/or monitoring, bolusing, meal boluses or correction boluses, and other functional aspects of the subject matter may not be described in detail herein. In addition, certain terminology may also be used in the herein for the purpose of reference only, and thus is not intended to be limiting. For example, terms such as “first”, “second”, and other such numerical terms referring to structures do not imply a sequence or order unless clearly indicated by the context. The foregoing description may also refer to elements or nodes or features being “connected” or “coupled” together. As used herein, unless expressly stated otherwise, “coupled” means that one element/node/feature is directly or indirectly joined to (or directly or indirectly communicates with) another element/node/feature, and not necessarily mechanically.
  • While at least one exemplary embodiment has been presented in the foregoing detailed description, it should be appreciated that a vast number of variations exist. It should also be appreciated that the exemplary embodiment or embodiments described herein are not intended to limit the scope, applicability, or configuration of the claimed subject matter in any way. For example, the subject matter described herein is not necessarily limited to the infusion devices and related systems described herein. Moreover, the foregoing detailed description will provide those skilled in the art with a convenient road map for implementing the described embodiment or embodiments. It should be understood that various changes can be made in the function and arrangement of elements without departing from the scope defined by the claims, which includes known equivalents and foreseeable equivalents at the time of filing this patent application. Accordingly, details of the exemplary embodiments or other limitations described above should not be read into the claims absent a clear intention to the contrary.

Claims (20)

What is claimed is:
1. A system, comprising:
one or more processors; and
one or more processor-readable media storing instructions which, when executed by the one or more processors, cause performance of:
identifying a plurality of event patterns within a plurality of monitoring periods based on measurement values of a physiological condition;
causing display of a snapshot graphical user interface display, wherein:
the snapshot graphical user interface display comprises a graph overlay region and an event detection region,
the graph overlay region comprises a graphical representation of the measurement values with respect to a time of day, and
the event detection region comprises a pattern guidance display for at least a subset of the plurality of event patterns, wherein the pattern guidance display for at least one event pattern of the subset of the plurality of event patterns includes a graphical representation of a recommended therapeutic remedial action that comprises therapy parameters, to be used by a medical device during a subsequent time period, configured to mitigate occurrence of the at least one event pattern during the subsequent time period; and
causing, responsive to user input, automated reprogramming of the medical device for implementation of the recommended therapeutic remedial action prior to the subsequent time period.
2. The system of claim 1, wherein the user input comprises selection of the graphical representation of the recommended therapeutic remedial action.
3. The system of claim 1, wherein the at least one event pattern indicates that a glucose level is outside a target glucose range during a time period associated with the at least one event pattern.
4. The system of claim 3, wherein the therapy parameters define a change in an amount of insulin to deliver and a time at which to deliver the amount of insulin prior to the subsequent time period associated with the at least one event pattern to mitigate occurrence of the glucose level being outside the target glucose range during the subsequent time period.
5. The system of claim 1, wherein the medical device comprises an infusion device that is operable to deliver fluid to a body of a patient associated with the medical device.
6. The system of claim 1, wherein the instructions further cause performance of prioritizing the plurality of event patterns to generate a prioritized list.
7. The system of claim 6, wherein the instructions further cause filtering of the prioritized list of the plurality of event patterns based on one or more filtering criteria.
8. The system of claim 7, wherein the pattern guidance display presents the subset of the plurality of event patterns based at least in part on the filtered prioritized list.
9. The system of claim 7, wherein the recommended therapeutic remedial action is one of one or more recommended therapeutic remedial actions, and wherein the pattern guidance display for a highest priority event pattern of the filtered prioritized list includes a pattern analysis region identifying one or more potential causes of the highest priority event pattern above a therapy analysis region identifying the one or more recommended therapeutic remedial actions pertaining to the highest priority event pattern.
10. The system of claim 9, wherein the therapy analysis region comprises a table including a plurality of columns, and wherein each column of the plurality of columns corresponds to a respective recommended therapeutic remedial action of the one or more recommended therapeutic remedial actions.
11. The system of claim 10, further comprising a database to store therapeutic modification logic rules associated with the highest priority event pattern, wherein the one or more processors are communicatively coupled to the database to obtain the therapeutic modification logic rules from the database, identify a current therapy for a patient, and identify the one or more recommended therapeutic remedial actions based at least in part on the therapeutic modification logic rules and the current therapy, and wherein the recommended therapeutic remedial action of the pattern guidance display is one of the identified one or more recommended therapeutic remedial actions.
12. The system of claim 9, wherein the therapy analysis region is hidden in response to expansion of the respective pattern guidance display for another event pattern of the filtered prioritized list.
13. The system of claim 1, wherein the pattern guidance display for each event pattern of the subset of the plurality of event patterns is expandable or collapsible.
14. The system of claim 1, wherein the graph overlay region includes a marker associated with each event pattern of the subset of the plurality of event patterns, wherein each marker encompasses a period of time corresponding to the event pattern associated therewith.
15. The system of claim 14, wherein the pattern guidance display for each event pattern includes a respective header region that is color-coordinated with the marker associated with the respective event pattern.
16. The system of claim 1, further comprising a database to store the measurement values, wherein the instructions further cause performance of obtaining the measurement values from the database and identifying the plurality of event patterns based on the obtained measurement values.
17. The system of claim 1, wherein the instructions cause display of the snapshot graphical user interface display to a client computing device communicatively coupled to the one or more processors, the client computing device displaying the snapshot graphical user display on a display device associated therewith.
18. The system of claim 1, wherein the one or more measurement values are obtained from a continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) device.
19. A processor-implemented method comprising:
identifying a plurality of event patterns within a plurality of monitoring periods based on measurement values of a physiological condition;
causing display of a snapshot graphical user interface display, wherein:
the snapshot graphical user interface display comprises a graph overlay region and an event detection region,
the graph overlay region comprises a graphical representation of the measurement values with respect to a time of day, and
the event detection region comprises a pattern guidance display for at least a subset of the plurality of event patterns, wherein the pattern guidance display for at least one event pattern of the subset of the plurality of event patterns includes a graphical representation of a recommended therapeutic remedial action that comprises therapy parameters, to be used by a medical device during a subsequent time period, configured to mitigate occurrence of the at least one event pattern during the subsequent time period; and
causing, responsive to user input, automated reprogramming of the medical device for implementation of the recommended therapeutic remedial action prior to the subsequent time period.
20. One or more processor-readable media storing instructions which, when executed by one or more processors, cause performance of:
identifying a plurality of event patterns within a plurality of monitoring periods based on measurement values of a physiological condition;
causing display of a snapshot graphical user interface display, wherein:
the snapshot graphical user interface display comprises a graph overlay region and an event detection region,
the graph overlay region comprises a graphical representation of the measurement values with respect to a time of day, and
the event detection region comprises a pattern guidance display for at least a subset of the plurality of event patterns, wherein the pattern guidance display for at least one event pattern of the subset of the plurality of event patterns includes a graphical representation of a recommended therapeutic remedial action that comprises therapy parameters, to be used by a medical device during a subsequent time period, configured to mitigate occurrence of the at least one event pattern during the subsequent time period; and
causing, responsive to user input, automated reprogramming of the medical device for implementation of the recommended therapeutic remedial action prior to the subsequent time period.
US18/305,228 2015-10-19 2023-04-21 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods Pending US20230248911A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18/305,228 US20230248911A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2023-04-21 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562243416P 2015-10-19 2015-10-19
US15/132,126 US20170106144A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2016-04-18 Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods
US15/693,238 US20170364660A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-08-31 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US16/058,736 US11666702B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2018-08-08 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US18/305,228 US20230248911A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2023-04-21 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/058,736 Continuation US11666702B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2018-08-08 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20230248911A1 true US20230248911A1 (en) 2023-08-10

Family

ID=64903997

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/058,736 Active 2038-07-01 US11666702B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2018-08-08 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US18/305,228 Pending US20230248911A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2023-04-21 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/058,736 Active 2038-07-01 US11666702B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2018-08-08 Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (2) US11666702B2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210090707A1 (en) * 2015-11-20 2021-03-25 Fenwal, Inc. Processing infusion pump data for presentation on operator interface

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11666702B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2023-06-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US11501867B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2022-11-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods
US20180137938A1 (en) * 2016-11-11 2018-05-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Patient monitoring systems and methods with automated display toggling
USD915420S1 (en) * 2019-03-07 2021-04-06 Intuit Inc. Display screen with graphical user interface
US20240257931A1 (en) * 2019-08-29 2024-08-01 Dhrpro, Llc Whole-life, medication management, and ordering display system
USD1016078S1 (en) 2020-10-30 2024-02-27 Stryker Corporation Display screen or portion thereof having a graphical user interface
USD1012959S1 (en) 2020-10-30 2024-01-30 Stryker Corporation Display screen or portion thereof having a graphical user interface
USD1011360S1 (en) 2020-10-30 2024-01-16 Stryker Corporation Display screen or portion thereof having a graphical user interface
USD1008300S1 (en) 2020-10-30 2023-12-19 Stryker Corporation Display screen or portion thereof having a graphical user interface
USD1014514S1 (en) 2020-10-30 2024-02-13 Stryker Corporation Display screen or portion thereof having a graphical user interface
USD1003908S1 (en) * 2020-10-30 2023-11-07 Stryker Corporation Display screen or portion thereof having a graphical user interface
USD1008301S1 (en) 2020-10-30 2023-12-19 Stryker Corporation Display screen or portion thereof having a graphical user interface
CN113778580B (en) * 2021-07-28 2023-12-08 赤子城网络技术(北京)有限公司 Modal user interface display method, electronic device and storage medium

Family Cites Families (312)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5935099A (en) 1992-09-09 1999-08-10 Sims Deltec, Inc. Drug pump systems and methods
US5338157B1 (en) 1992-09-09 1999-11-02 Sims Deltec Inc Systems and methods for communicating with ambulat
US3631847A (en) 1966-03-04 1972-01-04 James C Hobbs Method and apparatus for injecting fluid into the vascular system
FR2385406A1 (en) 1977-03-28 1978-10-27 Akzo Nv ARTIFICIAL KIDNEY
DE2758467C2 (en) 1977-12-28 1985-04-04 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München Device for the pre-programmable infusion of liquids
US4559037A (en) 1977-12-28 1985-12-17 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Device for the pre-programmable infusion of liquids
DE2758368C2 (en) 1977-12-28 1985-10-17 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München Device for the pre-programmable infusion of liquids
FR2444064A1 (en) 1978-12-15 1980-07-11 Sodip Sa MIXTURE OF VINYL CHLORIDE POLYMER AND POLYETHERURETHANE WITH A TERTIARY AND / OR AMMONIUM AMINE GROUP, IN PARTICULAR FOR A CONFORMED OBJECT FOR MEDICAL USE
US4731051A (en) 1979-04-27 1988-03-15 The Johns Hopkins University Programmable control means for providing safe and controlled medication infusion
US4373527B1 (en) 1979-04-27 1995-06-27 Univ Johns Hopkins Implantable programmable medication infusion system
DE3035670A1 (en) 1980-09-22 1982-04-29 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München DEVICE FOR INFUSING LIQUIDS IN HUMAN OR ANIMAL BODIES
US4494950A (en) 1982-01-19 1985-01-22 The Johns Hopkins University Plural module medication delivery system
US4443218A (en) 1982-09-09 1984-04-17 Infusaid Corporation Programmable implantable infusate pump
US4826810A (en) 1983-12-16 1989-05-02 Aoki Thomas T System and method for treating animal body tissues to improve the dietary fuel processing capabilities thereof
US4685903A (en) 1984-01-06 1987-08-11 Pacesetter Infusion, Ltd. External infusion pump apparatus
US4562751A (en) 1984-01-06 1986-01-07 Nason Clyde K Solenoid drive apparatus for an external infusion pump
US4678408A (en) 1984-01-06 1987-07-07 Pacesetter Infusion, Ltd. Solenoid drive apparatus for an external infusion pump
US5100380A (en) 1984-02-08 1992-03-31 Abbott Laboratories Remotely programmable infusion system
US4550731A (en) 1984-03-07 1985-11-05 Cordis Corporation Acquisition circuit for cardiac pacer
US4542532A (en) 1984-03-09 1985-09-17 Medtronic, Inc. Dual-antenna transceiver
CA1254091A (en) 1984-09-28 1989-05-16 Vladimir Feingold Implantable medication infusion system
US4781798A (en) 1985-04-19 1988-11-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Transparent multi-oxygen sensor array and method of using same
US4671288A (en) 1985-06-13 1987-06-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Electrochemical cell sensor for continuous short-term use in tissues and blood
US5003298A (en) 1986-01-15 1991-03-26 Karel Havel Variable color digital display for emphasizing position of decimal point
US4755173A (en) 1986-02-25 1988-07-05 Pacesetter Infusion, Ltd. Soft cannula subcutaneous injection set
US4731726A (en) 1986-05-19 1988-03-15 Healthware Corporation Patient-operated glucose monitor and diabetes management system
US4803625A (en) 1986-06-30 1989-02-07 Buddy Systems, Inc. Personal health monitor
EP0290683A3 (en) 1987-05-01 1988-12-14 Diva Medical Systems B.V. Diabetes management system and apparatus
US5011468A (en) 1987-05-29 1991-04-30 Retroperfusion Systems, Inc. Retroperfusion and retroinfusion control apparatus, system and method
US4809697A (en) 1987-10-14 1989-03-07 Siemens-Pacesetter, Inc. Interactive programming and diagnostic system for use with implantable pacemaker
US5041086A (en) 1987-12-04 1991-08-20 Pacesetter Infusion, Ltd. Clinical configuration of multimode medication infusion system
US5025374A (en) 1987-12-09 1991-06-18 Arch Development Corp. Portable system for choosing pre-operative patient test
US4898578A (en) 1988-01-26 1990-02-06 Baxter International Inc. Drug infusion system with calculator
GB2218831A (en) 1988-05-17 1989-11-22 Mark John Newland Personal medical apparatus
US5153827A (en) 1989-01-30 1992-10-06 Omni-Flow, Inc. An infusion management and pumping system having an alarm handling system
US5262035A (en) 1989-08-02 1993-11-16 E. Heller And Company Enzyme electrodes
US5320725A (en) 1989-08-02 1994-06-14 E. Heller & Company Electrode and method for the detection of hydrogen peroxide
US5264105A (en) 1989-08-02 1993-11-23 Gregg Brian A Enzyme electrodes
US5264104A (en) 1989-08-02 1993-11-23 Gregg Brian A Enzyme electrodes
US5101814A (en) 1989-08-11 1992-04-07 Palti Yoram Prof System for monitoring and controlling blood glucose
US5050612A (en) 1989-09-12 1991-09-24 Matsumura Kenneth N Device for computer-assisted monitoring of the body
US5108819A (en) 1990-02-14 1992-04-28 Eli Lilly And Company Thin film electrical component
US5097122A (en) 1990-04-16 1992-03-17 Pacesetter Infusion, Ltd. Medication infusion system having optical motion sensor to detect drive mechanism malfunction
US5080653A (en) 1990-04-16 1992-01-14 Pacesetter Infusion, Ltd. Infusion pump with dual position syringe locator
US5165407A (en) 1990-04-19 1992-11-24 The University Of Kansas Implantable glucose sensor
US5078683A (en) 1990-05-04 1992-01-07 Block Medical, Inc. Programmable infusion system
US5262305A (en) 1991-03-04 1993-11-16 E. Heller & Company Interferant eliminating biosensors
CA2050057A1 (en) 1991-03-04 1992-09-05 Adam Heller Interferant eliminating biosensors
US5593852A (en) 1993-12-02 1997-01-14 Heller; Adam Subcutaneous glucose electrode
US5247434A (en) 1991-04-19 1993-09-21 Althin Medical, Inc. Method and apparatus for kidney dialysis
US5322063A (en) 1991-10-04 1994-06-21 Eli Lilly And Company Hydrophilic polyurethane membranes for electrochemical glucose sensors
US5284140A (en) 1992-02-11 1994-02-08 Eli Lilly And Company Acrylic copolymer membranes for biosensors
JPH08275927A (en) 1992-02-13 1996-10-22 Seta:Kk Homestay medical care system and medical device used in this system
US5788669A (en) 1995-11-22 1998-08-04 Sims Deltec, Inc. Pump tracking system
US5376070A (en) 1992-09-29 1994-12-27 Minimed Inc. Data transfer system for an infusion pump
US5897493A (en) 1997-03-28 1999-04-27 Health Hero Network, Inc. Monitoring system for remotely querying individuals
US6101478A (en) 1997-04-30 2000-08-08 Health Hero Network Multi-user remote health monitoring system
US5307263A (en) 1992-11-17 1994-04-26 Raya Systems, Inc. Modular microprocessor-based health monitoring system
US5940801A (en) 1994-04-26 1999-08-17 Health Hero Network, Inc. Modular microprocessor-based diagnostic measurement apparatus and method for psychological conditions
US5956501A (en) 1997-01-10 1999-09-21 Health Hero Network, Inc. Disease simulation system and method
US5879163A (en) 1996-06-24 1999-03-09 Health Hero Network, Inc. On-line health education and feedback system using motivational driver profile coding and automated content fulfillment
US5997476A (en) 1997-03-28 1999-12-07 Health Hero Network, Inc. Networked system for interactive communication and remote monitoring of individuals
US5933136A (en) 1996-12-23 1999-08-03 Health Hero Network, Inc. Network media access control system for encouraging patient compliance with a treatment plan
US5899855A (en) 1992-11-17 1999-05-04 Health Hero Network, Inc. Modular microprocessor-based health monitoring system
US5918603A (en) 1994-05-23 1999-07-06 Health Hero Network, Inc. Method for treating medical conditions using a microprocessor-based video game
US5960403A (en) 1992-11-17 1999-09-28 Health Hero Network Health management process control system
US5913310A (en) 1994-05-23 1999-06-22 Health Hero Network, Inc. Method for diagnosis and treatment of psychological and emotional disorders using a microprocessor-based video game
US5832448A (en) 1996-10-16 1998-11-03 Health Hero Network Multiple patient monitoring system for proactive health management
US5371687A (en) 1992-11-20 1994-12-06 Boehringer Mannheim Corporation Glucose test data acquisition and management system
ZA938555B (en) 1992-11-23 1994-08-02 Lilly Co Eli Technique to improve the performance of electrochemical sensors
US5545143A (en) 1993-01-21 1996-08-13 T. S. I. Medical Device for subcutaneous medication delivery
US5299571A (en) 1993-01-22 1994-04-05 Eli Lilly And Company Apparatus and method for implantation of sensors
DK25793A (en) 1993-03-09 1994-09-10 Pharma Plast Int As Infusion set for intermittent or continuous administration of a therapeutic agent
US5357427A (en) 1993-03-15 1994-10-18 Digital Equipment Corporation Remote monitoring of high-risk patients using artificial intelligence
US5350411A (en) 1993-06-28 1994-09-27 Medtronic, Inc. Pacemaker telemetry system
US5368562A (en) 1993-07-30 1994-11-29 Pharmacia Deltec, Inc. Systems and methods for operating ambulatory medical devices such as drug delivery devices
DE4329229A1 (en) 1993-08-25 1995-03-09 Meditech Medizintechnik Gmbh Adaptive controlled pump control, in particular for adaptive patient-controlled analgesia (APCA)
US5791344A (en) 1993-11-19 1998-08-11 Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research Patient monitoring system
US5497772A (en) 1993-11-19 1996-03-12 Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research Glucose monitoring system
US5594638A (en) 1993-12-29 1997-01-14 First Opinion Corporation Computerized medical diagnostic system including re-enter function and sensitivity factors
US5660176A (en) 1993-12-29 1997-08-26 First Opinion Corporation Computerized medical diagnostic and treatment advice system
FR2716286A1 (en) 1994-02-16 1995-08-18 Debiotech Sa Installation of remote monitoring of controllable equipment.
US5543326A (en) 1994-03-04 1996-08-06 Heller; Adam Biosensor including chemically modified enzymes
US5630710A (en) 1994-03-09 1997-05-20 Baxter International Inc. Ambulatory infusion pump
US5536249A (en) 1994-03-09 1996-07-16 Visionary Medical Products, Inc. Pen-type injector with a microprocessor and blood characteristic monitor
US5391250A (en) 1994-03-15 1995-02-21 Minimed Inc. Method of fabricating thin film sensors
US5390671A (en) 1994-03-15 1995-02-21 Minimed Inc. Transcutaneous sensor insertion set
US5569186A (en) 1994-04-25 1996-10-29 Minimed Inc. Closed loop infusion pump system with removable glucose sensor
US5370622A (en) 1994-04-28 1994-12-06 Minimed Inc. Proctective case for a medication infusion pump
US5482473A (en) 1994-05-09 1996-01-09 Minimed Inc. Flex circuit connector
US5704366A (en) 1994-05-23 1998-01-06 Enact Health Management Systems System for monitoring and reporting medical measurements
US5582593A (en) 1994-07-21 1996-12-10 Hultman; Barry W. Ambulatory medication delivery system
US5569187A (en) 1994-08-16 1996-10-29 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method and apparatus for wireless chemical supplying
US5505709A (en) 1994-09-15 1996-04-09 Minimed, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Mated infusion pump and syringe
US5687734A (en) 1994-10-20 1997-11-18 Hewlett-Packard Company Flexible patient monitoring system featuring a multiport transmitter
IE72524B1 (en) 1994-11-04 1997-04-23 Elan Med Tech Analyte-controlled liquid delivery device and analyte monitor
US6749586B2 (en) 1994-11-25 2004-06-15 I-Flow Corporation Remotely programmable infusion system
US5573506A (en) 1994-11-25 1996-11-12 Block Medical, Inc. Remotely programmable infusion system
US5685844A (en) 1995-01-06 1997-11-11 Abbott Laboratories Medicinal fluid pump having multiple stored protocols
US5586553A (en) 1995-02-16 1996-12-24 Minimed Inc. Transcutaneous sensor insertion set
US5814015A (en) 1995-02-24 1998-09-29 Harvard Clinical Technology, Inc. Infusion pump for at least one syringe
US5609060A (en) 1995-04-28 1997-03-11 Dentsleeve Pty Limited Multiple channel perfused manometry apparatus and a method of operation of such a device
US5772635A (en) 1995-05-15 1998-06-30 Alaris Medical Systems, Inc. Automated infusion system with dose rate calculator
US5665065A (en) 1995-05-26 1997-09-09 Minimed Inc. Medication infusion device with blood glucose data input
US6018289A (en) 1995-06-15 2000-01-25 Sekura; Ronald D. Prescription compliance device and method of using device
US5750926A (en) 1995-08-16 1998-05-12 Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research Hermetically sealed electrical feedthrough for use with implantable electronic devices
US5754111A (en) 1995-09-20 1998-05-19 Garcia; Alfredo Medical alerting system
US5972199A (en) 1995-10-11 1999-10-26 E. Heller & Company Electrochemical analyte sensors using thermostable peroxidase
US5665222A (en) 1995-10-11 1997-09-09 E. Heller & Company Soybean peroxidase electrochemical sensor
US6689265B2 (en) 1995-10-11 2004-02-10 Therasense, Inc. Electrochemical analyte sensors using thermostable soybean peroxidase
US6766183B2 (en) 1995-11-22 2004-07-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Long wave fluorophore sensor compounds and other fluorescent sensor compounds in polymers
US6011984A (en) 1995-11-22 2000-01-04 Minimed Inc. Detection of biological molecules using chemical amplification and optical sensors
AUPN707195A0 (en) 1995-12-12 1996-01-11 University Of Melbourne, The Field programmable intravenous infusion system
FI118509B (en) 1996-02-12 2007-12-14 Nokia Oyj A method and apparatus for predicting blood glucose levels in a patient
FR2748588B1 (en) 1996-05-07 1998-08-07 Soc Et Tech Set DEVICE COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE ARRAY OF NEURONES FOR DETERMINING THE QUANTITY OF A SUBSTANCE TO BE ADMINISTERED TO A PATIENT, IN PARTICULAR INSULIN
US5861018A (en) 1996-05-28 1999-01-19 Telecom Medical Inc. Ultrasound transdermal communication system and method
US5885245A (en) 1996-08-02 1999-03-23 Sabratek Corporation Medical apparatus with remote virtual input device
US5807336A (en) 1996-08-02 1998-09-15 Sabratek Corporation Apparatus for monitoring and/or controlling a medical device
WO1998020439A1 (en) 1996-11-08 1998-05-14 Roman Linda L System for providing comprehensive health care and support
WO1998024358A2 (en) 1996-12-04 1998-06-11 Enact Health Management Systems System for downloading and reporting medical information
US6043437A (en) 1996-12-20 2000-03-28 Alfred E. Mann Foundation Alumina insulation for coating implantable components and other microminiature devices
US6032119A (en) 1997-01-16 2000-02-29 Health Hero Network, Inc. Personalized display of health information
HUP0001973A2 (en) 1997-01-31 2000-09-28 Silverline Power Conversion, LLC. Uninterruptible power supply
US6607509B2 (en) 1997-12-31 2003-08-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Insertion device for an insertion set and method of using the same
ATE227844T1 (en) 1997-02-06 2002-11-15 Therasense Inc SMALL VOLUME SENSOR FOR IN-VITRO DETERMINATION
US6009339A (en) 1997-02-27 1999-12-28 Terumo Cardiovascular Systems Corporation Blood parameter measurement device
WO1998042407A1 (en) 1997-03-27 1998-10-01 Medtronic, Inc. Concepts to implement medconnect
US5960085A (en) 1997-04-14 1999-09-28 De La Huerga; Carlos Security badge for automated access control and secure data gathering
DE19717107B4 (en) 1997-04-23 2005-06-23 Disetronic Licensing Ag System of container and drive device for a piston, which is held in the container containing a drug fluid
US6186982B1 (en) 1998-05-05 2001-02-13 Elan Corporation, Plc Subcutaneous drug delivery device with improved filling system
US5779665A (en) 1997-05-08 1998-07-14 Minimed Inc. Transdermal introducer assembly
TW357517B (en) 1997-05-29 1999-05-01 Koji Akai Monitoring system
US5954643A (en) 1997-06-09 1999-09-21 Minimid Inc. Insertion set for a transcutaneous sensor
US6558351B1 (en) 1999-06-03 2003-05-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Closed loop system for controlling insulin infusion
AU8165498A (en) 1997-06-23 1999-01-04 Enact Health Management Systems Improved system for downloading and reporting medical information
US6130620A (en) 1997-08-11 2000-10-10 Electronic Monitoring Systems, Inc. Remote monitoring system
AU8826498A (en) 1997-08-22 1999-03-16 Apex Inc. Remote computer control system
US6259937B1 (en) 1997-09-12 2001-07-10 Alfred E. Mann Foundation Implantable substrate sensor
US5999849A (en) 1997-09-12 1999-12-07 Alfred E. Mann Foundation Low power rectifier circuit for implantable medical device
US5917346A (en) 1997-09-12 1999-06-29 Alfred E. Mann Foundation Low power current to frequency converter circuit for use in implantable sensors
US5999848A (en) 1997-09-12 1999-12-07 Alfred E. Mann Foundation Daisy chainable sensors and stimulators for implantation in living tissue
US6071391A (en) 1997-09-12 2000-06-06 Nok Corporation Enzyme electrode structure
US6183412B1 (en) 1997-10-02 2001-02-06 Micromed Technology, Inc. Implantable pump system
US6119028A (en) 1997-10-20 2000-09-12 Alfred E. Mann Foundation Implantable enzyme-based monitoring systems having improved longevity due to improved exterior surfaces
US6081736A (en) 1997-10-20 2000-06-27 Alfred E. Mann Foundation Implantable enzyme-based monitoring systems adapted for long term use
US6088608A (en) 1997-10-20 2000-07-11 Alfred E. Mann Foundation Electrochemical sensor and integrity tests therefor
FI107080B (en) 1997-10-27 2001-05-31 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd measuring device
US6579690B1 (en) 1997-12-05 2003-06-17 Therasense, Inc. Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement
US6103033A (en) 1998-03-04 2000-08-15 Therasense, Inc. Process for producing an electrochemical biosensor
US6134461A (en) 1998-03-04 2000-10-17 E. Heller & Company Electrochemical analyte
WO1999047190A1 (en) 1998-03-16 1999-09-23 Medtronic, Inc. Hemostatic system and components for extracorporeal circuit
US5904708A (en) 1998-03-19 1999-05-18 Medtronic, Inc. System and method for deriving relative physiologic signals
US7647237B2 (en) 1998-04-29 2010-01-12 Minimed, Inc. Communication station and software for interfacing with an infusion pump, analyte monitor, analyte meter, or the like
US6175752B1 (en) 1998-04-30 2001-01-16 Therasense, Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US6294281B1 (en) 1998-06-17 2001-09-25 Therasense, Inc. Biological fuel cell and method
US6736797B1 (en) 1998-06-19 2004-05-18 Unomedical A/S Subcutaneous infusion set
US6355021B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2002-03-12 Maersk Medical A/S Medical puncturing device
US6554798B1 (en) 1998-08-18 2003-04-29 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. External infusion device with remote programming, bolus estimator and/or vibration alarm capabilities
US6248067B1 (en) 1999-02-05 2001-06-19 Minimed Inc. Analyte sensor and holter-type monitor system and method of using the same
US6558320B1 (en) 2000-01-20 2003-05-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Handheld personal data assistant (PDA) with a medical device and method of using the same
US6338790B1 (en) 1998-10-08 2002-01-15 Therasense, Inc. Small volume in vitro analyte sensor with diffusible or non-leachable redox mediator
US6591125B1 (en) 2000-06-27 2003-07-08 Therasense, Inc. Small volume in vitro analyte sensor with diffusible or non-leachable redox mediator
DK1413245T3 (en) 1998-10-08 2011-10-10 Medtronic Minimed Inc Installations for monitoring a characteristic of remote sensing
US6817990B2 (en) 1998-10-29 2004-11-16 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Fluid reservoir piston
US6248093B1 (en) 1998-10-29 2001-06-19 Minimed Inc. Compact pump drive system
WO2000025852A1 (en) 1998-10-29 2000-05-11 Minimed Inc. Reservoir connector
US7621893B2 (en) 1998-10-29 2009-11-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and apparatuses for detecting occlusions in an ambulatory infusion pump
US7193521B2 (en) 1998-10-29 2007-03-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and apparatus for detecting errors, fluid pressure, and occlusions in an ambulatory infusion pump
US20040158193A1 (en) 1999-02-10 2004-08-12 Baxter International Inc. Medical apparatus using selective graphical interface
EP1135052A1 (en) 1999-02-12 2001-09-26 Cygnus, Inc. Devices and methods for frequent measurement of an analyte present in a biological system
US6560741B1 (en) 1999-02-24 2003-05-06 Datastrip (Iom) Limited Two-dimensional printed code for storing biometric information and integrated off-line apparatus for reading same
US6360888B1 (en) 1999-02-25 2002-03-26 Minimed Inc. Glucose sensor package system
US6424847B1 (en) 1999-02-25 2002-07-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Glucose monitor calibration methods
JP4801839B2 (en) 1999-02-25 2011-10-26 メドトロニック ミニメド インコーポレイテッド Test plug and cable for glucose monitor
US7806886B2 (en) 1999-06-03 2010-10-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Apparatus and method for controlling insulin infusion with state variable feedback
US6752787B1 (en) 1999-06-08 2004-06-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc., Cost-sensitive application infusion device
JP4801301B2 (en) 1999-06-18 2011-10-26 アボット ダイアベティス ケア インコーポレイテッド In vivo analyte sensor with limited mass transfer
US7247138B2 (en) 1999-07-01 2007-07-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Reusable analyte sensor site and method of using the same
US6804558B2 (en) 1999-07-07 2004-10-12 Medtronic, Inc. System and method of communicating between an implantable medical device and a remote computer system or health care provider
US6553263B1 (en) 1999-07-30 2003-04-22 Advanced Bionics Corporation Implantable pulse generators using rechargeable zero-volt technology lithium-ion batteries
US6616819B1 (en) 1999-11-04 2003-09-09 Therasense, Inc. Small volume in vitro analyte sensor and methods
US6453956B2 (en) 1999-11-05 2002-09-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Needle safe transfer guard
ATE268336T1 (en) 1999-11-15 2004-06-15 Therasense Inc TRANSITION METAL COMPLEX COMPOUNDS WITH A BIDENTATE LIGAND WITH AN IMIDAZOLE RING
US6440066B1 (en) 1999-11-16 2002-08-27 Cardiac Intelligence Corporation Automated collection and analysis patient care system and method for ordering and prioritizing multiple health disorders to identify an index disorder
US7003336B2 (en) 2000-02-10 2006-02-21 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensor method of making the same
US6484045B1 (en) 2000-02-10 2002-11-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensor and method of making the same
US20030060765A1 (en) 2000-02-16 2003-03-27 Arthur Campbell Infusion device menu structure and method of using the same
US6895263B2 (en) 2000-02-23 2005-05-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Real time self-adjusting calibration algorithm
US7890295B2 (en) 2000-02-23 2011-02-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Real time self-adjusting calibration algorithm
US20010041869A1 (en) 2000-03-23 2001-11-15 Causey James D. Control tabs for infusion devices and methods of using the same
US6485465B2 (en) 2000-03-29 2002-11-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods, apparatuses, and uses for infusion pump fluid pressure and force detection
US6623501B2 (en) 2000-04-05 2003-09-23 Therasense, Inc. Reusable ceramic skin-piercing device
AU2001263022A1 (en) 2000-05-12 2001-11-26 Therasense, Inc. Electrodes with multilayer membranes and methods of using and making the electrodes
WO2001088828A2 (en) 2000-05-18 2001-11-22 Alaris Medical Systems, Inc. Distributed remote asset and medication management drug delivery system
ES2362414T3 (en) 2000-05-19 2011-07-05 Welch Allyn Protocol Inc PATIENT MONITORING SYSTEM.
US6659947B1 (en) 2000-07-13 2003-12-09 Ge Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. Wireless LAN architecture for integrated time-critical and non-time-critical services within medical facilities
US6589229B1 (en) 2000-07-31 2003-07-08 Becton, Dickinson And Company Wearable, self-contained drug infusion device
EP1335764B1 (en) 2000-09-08 2007-06-06 Insulet Corporation Device and system for patient infusion
US20020055857A1 (en) 2000-10-31 2002-05-09 Mault James R. Method of assisting individuals in lifestyle control programs conducive to good health
US20020122063A1 (en) 2000-12-29 2002-09-05 Weinberg Carl B. System and method for storing and displaying information
US6560471B1 (en) 2001-01-02 2003-05-06 Therasense, Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
WO2002068015A2 (en) 2001-02-22 2002-09-06 Insulet Corporation Modular infusion device and method
EP1397068A2 (en) 2001-04-02 2004-03-17 Therasense, Inc. Blood glucose tracking apparatus and methods
WO2002081012A2 (en) 2001-04-06 2002-10-17 Disetronic Licensing Ag Infusion set
US20020071225A1 (en) 2001-04-19 2002-06-13 Minimed Inc. Direct current motor safety circuits for fluid delivery systems
US6748250B1 (en) 2001-04-27 2004-06-08 Medoptix, Inc. Method and system of monitoring a patient
US6676816B2 (en) 2001-05-11 2004-01-13 Therasense, Inc. Transition metal complexes with (pyridyl)imidazole ligands and sensors using said complexes
US6932894B2 (en) 2001-05-15 2005-08-23 Therasense, Inc. Biosensor membranes composed of polymers containing heterocyclic nitrogens
EP2330522A1 (en) 2001-06-20 2011-06-08 Tyco Healthcare Group LP Method and system for integrated medical tracking
US20030208113A1 (en) 2001-07-18 2003-11-06 Mault James R Closed loop glycemic index system
US6747556B2 (en) 2001-07-31 2004-06-08 Medtronic Physio-Control Corp. Method and system for locating a portable medical device
US6544212B2 (en) 2001-07-31 2003-04-08 Roche Diagnostics Corporation Diabetes management system
US6827702B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2004-12-07 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Safety limits for closed-loop infusion pump control
US6740072B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2004-05-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System and method for providing closed loop infusion formulation delivery
US7025760B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2006-04-11 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and system for non-vascular sensor implantation
US6671554B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2003-12-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Electronic lead for a medical implant device, method of making same, and method and apparatus for inserting same
US7323142B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2008-01-29 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor substrate and method of fabricating same
US6728576B2 (en) 2001-10-31 2004-04-27 Medtronic, Inc. Non-contact EKG
US20050027182A1 (en) 2001-12-27 2005-02-03 Uzair Siddiqui System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US7399277B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2008-07-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US9247901B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2016-02-02 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
US8010174B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2011-08-30 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
US20030212379A1 (en) 2002-02-26 2003-11-13 Bylund Adam David Systems and methods for remotely controlling medication infusion and analyte monitoring
US7041082B2 (en) 2002-02-28 2006-05-09 Smiths Medical Md, Inc. Syringe pump control systems and methods
CA2699672C (en) 2002-04-16 2014-08-19 Carematix, Inc. Method and apparatus for remotely monitoring the condition of a patient
US6960192B1 (en) 2002-04-23 2005-11-01 Insulet Corporation Transcutaneous fluid delivery system
US20040167465A1 (en) 2002-04-30 2004-08-26 Mihai Dan M. System and method for medical device authentication
WO2003094090A2 (en) 2002-04-30 2003-11-13 Baxter International Inc. System and method for identifying data streams associated with medical equipment
US20040068230A1 (en) 2002-07-24 2004-04-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for providing blood glucose measurements to an infusion device
US7278983B2 (en) 2002-07-24 2007-10-09 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Physiological monitoring device for controlling a medication infusion device
US7162289B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2007-01-09 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and apparatus for enhancing the integrity of an implantable sensor device
US7138330B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2006-11-21 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. High reliability multilayer circuit substrates and methods for their formation
US7736309B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2010-06-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Implantable sensor method and system
US20040061232A1 (en) 2002-09-27 2004-04-01 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Multilayer substrate
US6916159B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2005-07-12 Therasense, Inc. Device and method employing shape memory alloy
US20040074785A1 (en) 2002-10-18 2004-04-22 Holker James D. Analyte sensors and methods for making them
US6931328B2 (en) 2002-11-08 2005-08-16 Optiscan Biomedical Corp. Analyte detection system with software download capabilities
US20050038680A1 (en) 2002-12-19 2005-02-17 Mcmahon Kevin Lee System and method for glucose monitoring
US20040122353A1 (en) 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Relay device for transferring information between a sensor system and a fluid delivery system
US6932584B2 (en) 2002-12-26 2005-08-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion device and driving mechanism and process for same with actuator for multiple infusion uses
US7396330B2 (en) 2003-01-07 2008-07-08 Triage Data Networks Wireless, internet-based medical-diagnostic system
JP2006520657A (en) 2003-03-21 2006-09-14 ウェルチ・アリン・インコーポレーテッド Personal condition physiological monitoring system and structure, and monitoring method
US7761261B2 (en) 2003-04-08 2010-07-20 Medic4All A.G. Portable wireless gateway for remote medical examination
US8655450B2 (en) * 2009-01-13 2014-02-18 Jeffrey A. Matos Controlling a personal medical device
US7488601B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2009-02-10 Roche Diagnostic Operations, Inc. System and method for determining an abused sensor during analyte measurement
US8275437B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-09-25 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US7591801B2 (en) 2004-02-26 2009-09-22 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated delivery device for continuous glucose sensor
US20050038331A1 (en) 2003-08-14 2005-02-17 Grayson Silaski Insertable sensor assembly having a coupled inductor communicative system
US20050060186A1 (en) 2003-08-28 2005-03-17 Blowers Paul A. Prioritized presentation of medical device events
US7699807B2 (en) 2003-11-10 2010-04-20 Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. Device and method for insertion of a cannula of an infusion device
WO2005051170A2 (en) 2003-11-19 2005-06-09 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated receiver for continuous analyte sensor
EP2301428B1 (en) 2003-12-09 2016-11-30 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
GB0329161D0 (en) 2003-12-16 2004-01-21 Precisense As Reagant for detecting an analyte
GB0329849D0 (en) 2003-12-23 2004-01-28 Precisense As Fluorometers
US20080154503A1 (en) 2004-02-19 2008-06-26 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Method and Associated System for Wireless Medical Monitoring and Patient Monitoring Device
US7344500B2 (en) 2004-07-27 2008-03-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensing system with auxiliary display
US8313433B2 (en) 2004-08-06 2012-11-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical data management system and process
JP2006065690A (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-09 Ntt Docomo Inc Device authentication apparatus, service controller, service request apparatus, device authentication method, service control method, and service request method
US7468033B2 (en) 2004-09-08 2008-12-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Blood contacting sensor
EP1815370A2 (en) 2004-11-12 2007-08-08 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Message integrity for secure communication of wireless medical devices
JP2008522459A (en) 2004-11-16 2008-06-26 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ Time synchronization in wireless ad hoc networks of medical devices and sensors
CN101180093B (en) 2005-03-21 2012-07-18 雅培糖尿病护理公司 Method and system for providing integrated medication infusion and analyte monitoring system
WO2006108809A1 (en) 2005-04-13 2006-10-19 Novo Nordisk A/S Medical skin mountable device and system
US20080097291A1 (en) 2006-08-23 2008-04-24 Hanson Ian B Infusion pumps and methods and delivery devices and methods with same
US8137314B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2012-03-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion medium delivery device and method with compressible or curved reservoir or conduit
US8277415B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2012-10-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion medium delivery device and method with drive device for driving plunger in reservoir
US7699833B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2010-04-20 Moberg Sheldon B Pump assembly and method for infusion device
US20060293571A1 (en) 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 Skanda Systems Distributed architecture for remote patient monitoring and caring
US7713240B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2010-05-11 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Modular external infusion device
EP1951340B2 (en) 2005-11-08 2017-02-15 Bigfoot Biomedical, Inc. Infusion pump system
EP1968691A4 (en) 2005-12-14 2012-01-25 Welch Allyn Inc Medical device wireless adapter
US8114268B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2012-02-14 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and system for remedying sensor malfunctions detected by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
US8114269B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2012-02-14 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System and method for determining the point of hydration and proper time to apply potential to a glucose sensor
US7985330B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2011-07-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and system for detecting age, hydration, and functional states of sensors using electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
US20070255125A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 Moberg Sheldon B Monitor devices for networked fluid infusion systems
US7736338B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2010-06-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion medium delivery system, device and method with needle inserter and needle inserter device and method
US7828764B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2010-11-09 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods allowing for reservoir filling and infusion medium delivery
JP2008059011A (en) * 2006-08-29 2008-03-13 Fujifilm Corp Prescription support device and method
US20080125700A1 (en) 2006-11-29 2008-05-29 Moberg Sheldon B Methods and apparatuses for detecting medical device acceleration, temperature, and humidity conditions
US7946985B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2011-05-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and system for providing sensor redundancy
US20080269714A1 (en) 2007-04-25 2008-10-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Closed loop/semi-closed loop therapy modification system
US8323250B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2012-12-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Adhesive patch systems and methods
US7963954B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2011-06-21 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Automated filling systems and methods
EP2183006B1 (en) 2007-07-20 2019-02-13 Roche Diabetes Care GmbH Manually operable portable infusion device
US10561845B2 (en) 2007-09-24 2020-02-18 Medtronic, Inc. Therapy adjustment based on patient event indication
US20090270705A1 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-10-29 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Automobile Physiological Monitoring System and Method for Using the Same
US8504150B2 (en) * 2008-07-11 2013-08-06 Medtronic, Inc. Associating therapy adjustments with posture states using a stability timer
US8181849B2 (en) 2008-12-30 2012-05-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Color detection system for detecting reservoir presence and content in device
US8308679B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2012-11-13 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Alignment systems and methods
US20120137367A1 (en) 2009-11-06 2012-05-31 Cataphora, Inc. Continuous anomaly detection based on behavior modeling and heterogeneous information analysis
US8499252B2 (en) 2009-12-18 2013-07-30 Covidien Lp Display of respiratory data graphs on a ventilator graphical user interface
US8674288B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2014-03-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Motor assembly sensor capture systems and methods
US8474332B2 (en) 2010-10-20 2013-07-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor assembly and medical device incorporating same
US20130172774A1 (en) * 2011-07-01 2013-07-04 Neuropace, Inc. Systems and Methods for Assessing the Effectiveness of a Therapy Including a Drug Regimen Using an Implantable Medical Device
WO2013022775A1 (en) * 2011-08-05 2013-02-14 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for detecting glucose level data patterns
US9208155B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2015-12-08 Rovi Technologies Corporation Adaptive recommendation system
EP2771714B8 (en) 2011-10-24 2018-10-24 Continental Teves AG & Co. OHG Sensor system for independently evaluating the integrity of the data of the sensor system
US8945043B2 (en) * 2011-12-01 2015-02-03 Zyno Medical, LLC. Medical device with contextual awareness
US9136939B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-09-15 Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. Graphical user interface pertaining to a bolus calculator residing on a handheld diabetes management device
US9192536B2 (en) * 2012-05-18 2015-11-24 Segars California Partners, Lp Code support device for infant care devices
US20130338630A1 (en) * 2012-06-07 2013-12-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Diabetes therapy management system for recommending adjustments to an insulin infusion device
US9111024B2 (en) * 2012-08-13 2015-08-18 Art Of Healthcare, Llc Medical treatment management device, method, and program for tracking and advising patient caregivers
KR20140028929A (en) 2012-08-31 2014-03-10 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for personal health care using mobile terminal
US9579457B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-02-28 Flint Hills Scientific, L.L.C. Method, apparatus and system for automatic treatment of pain
US9880528B2 (en) 2013-08-21 2018-01-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related updating methods and systems
US9889257B2 (en) 2013-08-21 2018-02-13 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods for updating medical devices
US10867420B2 (en) * 2014-10-06 2020-12-15 Dexcom, Inc. System and method for data analytics and visualization
US20170106144A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-04-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods
US20170364660A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-12-21 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US11501867B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2022-11-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods
US11666702B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2023-06-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US20200135311A1 (en) 2018-10-30 2020-04-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210090707A1 (en) * 2015-11-20 2021-03-25 Fenwal, Inc. Processing infusion pump data for presentation on operator interface
US12087423B2 (en) * 2015-11-20 2024-09-10 Fenwal, Inc. Processing infusion pump data for presentation on operator interface

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US11666702B2 (en) 2023-06-06
US20190009024A1 (en) 2019-01-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230248911A1 (en) Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US11501867B2 (en) Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods
US12057214B2 (en) Personalized event detection
US12100498B2 (en) Configurable target values
US20200135311A1 (en) Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods
US20170364660A1 (en) Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US11389587B2 (en) Patient monitoring systems and related presentation methods
US20170106144A1 (en) Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods
US11191899B2 (en) Infusion systems and related personalized bolusing methods
CA3109754A1 (en) Patient monitoring systems and related recommendation methods
US12144966B2 (en) Determination of adjustments to fluid delivery settings

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MEDTRONIC MINIMED, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MORAWIEC, RISAKO;VIGERSKY, ROBERT A.;GUAN, YI;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20181005 TO 20181212;REEL/FRAME:063415/0665

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION